FCC ID: B948265D2WM Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8265

Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices User Guide Copyright 20152017 HP Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by HP Inc. under license. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U.S. marks. Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Eighth Edition: June 2017 First Edition: August 2015 Document Part Number: 836854-008 About This Guide This guide provides regulatory, safety and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations. To access the latest user guides or manuals for your product, go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Find your product, and then follow the on-screen instructions. WARNING! Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life. CAUTION: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or loss of information. NOTE: Text set off in this manner provides important supplemental information. iii iv About This Guide Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers .................................................................................... 1 Accessing regulatory labels ................................................................................................................................... 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ....................................................................................................... 1 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................................. 2 Brazil notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 Canada notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 3 European Union regulatory notices ....................................................................................................................... 3 Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................................... 3 Products Sold Before 13 June 2017 ................................................................................. 3 Products Sold After 12 June 2017 .................................................................................... 4 Products with radio functionality (EMF) ........................................................................... 4 Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) ....................... 4 Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products only) ................... 4 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ................................................. 5 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................. 5 Germany (English text) ................................................................................... 5 Germany (Deutscher text) .............................................................................. 5 Australia and New Zealand notice ......................................................................................................................... 6 China WWAN notice ................................................................................................................................................ 6 Japan notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 6 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings ................................................ 6 Mexico notice ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 Singapore wireless notice ...................................................................................................................................... 7 South Korea notices ............................................................................................................................................... 7 Thailand WWAN wireless notice ............................................................................................................................ 7 Taiwan NCC notices ................................................................................................................................................ 8 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ............................................................................................................ 8 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices .............................................. 8 Airline travel notice ................................................................................................................................................ 8 User-replaceable battery notices .......................................................................................................................... 8 Factory-sealed battery notices ............................................................................................................................. 8 Laser compliance ................................................................................................................................................... 9 Modem notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 9 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................... 9 v U.S. modem statements .................................................................................................................... 10 U.S. modem declarations .................................................................................................................. 11 Canada modem statements .............................................................................................................. 12 Japan modem statements ................................................................................................................ 12 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 12 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 13 Power cord notice ................................................................................................................................................ 13 Japan power cord notice ................................................................................................................... 13 DC plug of external HP power supply ................................................................................................ 13 Macrovision Corporation notice ........................................................................................................................... 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations ........................................................ 14 Modem notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 14 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................. 14 U.S. modem statements .................................................................................................................... 14 Canadian modem statements ........................................................................................................... 15 Japanese modem statements ........................................................................................................... 15 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 16 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 16 Electromagnetic compatibility notices ................................................................................................................ 16 Federal Communications Commission notice ................................................................................... 17 Modifications ................................................................................................................... 17 Cables .............................................................................................................................. 17 Products with wireless LAN devices ............................................................................... 17 Australia telecom statement ............................................................................................................ 18 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 19 Canadian notice ................................................................................................................................. 19 European Union regulatory notices .................................................................................................. 19 Declaration of Conformity .............................................................................................. 19 Products Sold Before 13 June 2017 ............................................................. 19 Products Sold After 12 June 2017 ................................................................ 20 Products with radio functionality (EMF) ...................................................... 20 Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) .............................................................................................................. 20 Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products only) .............................................................................................................. 20 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ............................ 21 Ergonomics notice ........................................................................................ 21 Japan notice ....................................................................................................................................... 21 Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings ....................................................... 22 Mexico notice ..................................................................................................................................... 22 vi South Korea notices .......................................................................................................................... 22 Taiwan NCC notices ............................................................................................................................ 22 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ........................................................................................ 22 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ......................... 23 3 Safety notices for notebook and tablet computers ......................................................................................... 24 Heat-related safety warning notice .................................................................................................................... 24 Potential safety conditions notice ....................................................................................................................... 24 Battery notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 24 Headset and earphone volume level notice ........................................................................................................ 25 Power cord notices .............................................................................................................................................. 25 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 25 Cleaning the keyboard ......................................................................................................................................... 25 Travel notice ........................................................................................................................................................ 25 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 26 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 26 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 26 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ...................................................... 26

......................................................................................................................................... 26 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations ............................................................... 27 Important safety information ............................................................................................................................. 27 Installation conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 28 Battery notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 28 Fan notices ........................................................................................................................................................... 29 Headset and earphone volume level notice ........................................................................................................ 29 Laser safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 29 Power supply and power cord set requirements ................................................................................................ 29 Power supply class I grounding requirements .................................................................................. 29 Brazil notice .................................................................................................................... 30 Denmark .......................................................................................................................... 30 Finland ............................................................................................................................. 30 Norway ............................................................................................................................ 30 Sweden ............................................................................................................................ 30 Power supply requirements .............................................................................................................. 30 For use in Norway ........................................................................................................... 30 Power cord set requirements ............................................................................................................ 30 Japan power cord requirements ....................................................................................................... 31 Pinch hazard ........................................................................................................................................................ 31 TV antenna connectors protection ...................................................................................................................... 31 External television antenna grounding ............................................................................................ 31 vii Lightning protection .......................................................................................................................... 31 Note to CATV system installer ........................................................................................................... 32 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 33 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 33 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 33 Germany acoustics notice .................................................................................................................................... 34

......................................................................................................................................... 34 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers ............................................................................. 35 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ....................................................................................... 35 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 35 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 35 Brazil hardware recycling information ................................................................................................................ 35 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ............................................................................................... 36 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 37 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 37 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 37 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 40 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content ................................................... 40

........................................................................................... 41

(RoHS) ................................................................................................................. 42

....................................................................................................... 42 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 44 Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................................. 44 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 44 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 44 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law ................................................................................................................... 44 Turkey EEE regulation .......................................................................................................................................... 45 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ......................................................................................... 45 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ........................................................................................... 45 TCO Certified ........................................................................................................................................................ 45 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations .................................................. 47 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ....................................................................................... 47 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 47 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 47 Brazil hardware recycling information ................................................................................................................ 47 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ............................................................................................... 48 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 49 Mercury statement .............................................................................................................................................. 49 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................................. 49 viii China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 49 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 50 China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) ................................................................................................... 53 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content ................................................... 53

........................................................................................... 54

(RoHS) ................................................................................................................. 56

....................................................................................................... 56 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 58 Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................................. 58 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 58 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 58 Mehiki zakon o uporabi trajnostne energije ...................................................................................................... 58 Turkey EEE regulation .......................................................................................................................................... 59 Omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi (RoHS) za Ukrajino ................................................................... 59 TCO Certified ........................................................................................................................................................ 59 Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 61 ix x 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Accessing regulatory labels Regulatory labels, which provide country or regional regulatory information (for example, FCC ID), may be physically located on the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay (select models only), under the removable service door (select models only), on the back of the display, or on the wireless or modem module. Some products may also provide electronic regulatory labels (e-labels) that can be accessed through the system BIOS. NOTE: Electronic labels are not available on all products. NOTE: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not contain a FCC ID. To view electronic regulatory labels:

1. 2. 3. Turn on or restart the computer. Press esc or f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced, select Electronic Labels, and then press enter. To view an electronic label, use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the listed items, and then press OK. NOTE: The list of available electronic label items varies depending on the computer model and installed devices. To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes:

Select the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. 4. 5. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to Accessing regulatory labels 1 radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding this product, write to:

HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 or call HP at 650-857-1501. To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Ao operar o dispositivo a uma distncia muito prxima do seu corpo, utilize um acessrio de armazenamento no metlico para posicionar o dispositivo a uma distncia mnima de 1,5 cm do corpo. Canada notices This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation: The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a, n, or ac wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products Sold Before 13 June 2017 Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU; EMC Directive 2014/30/EU; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Brazil notice 3 Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: http://www.hp.eu/certificates

(Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany. Products Sold After 12 June 2017 Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

RED 2014/53/EU; Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU; EMC Directive 2014/30/EU; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: http://www.hp.eu/certificates

(Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany. Products with radio functionality (EMF) This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For notebook computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions. Products can be operated without maintaining a separation distance unless otherwise indicated in instructions specific to the product. Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) CAUTION: IEEE 802.11x wireless LAN with 5.155.35 GHz frequency band is restricted for indoor use only in all European Union member states, EFTA (Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein), and most other European countries (e.g., Switzerland, Turkey, Republic of Serbia). Using this WLAN application outdoors might lead to interference issues with existing radio services. CAUTION: Fixed outdoor installations for WiGig application (5766 GHz frequency band) are excluded in all European Union member states, EFTA (Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein), and other European countries (e.g. Switzerland, Turkey, Republic of Serbia). Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products only) Radio Technology Bluetooth; 2,4 GHz NFC; 13,56 MHz WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 2,4 GHz Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) 100 10 100 4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers Radio Technology WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 5 GHz WWAN 4G LTE; 700/800/900/1800/2100/2600 MHz WWAN 3G UTMS; 900/2100 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 900 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 1800 MHz WiGig 802.11ad; 60 GHz Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) 200 200 250 2000 1000 316 Wireless Charging Qi; 110kHz - 205kHz Less than 1 NOTE: Use only HP-supported software drivers and correct country settings to ensure compliance. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the applicable Directive and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/

regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) When a mobile computer is used at the office workstation for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit

(VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (voluntary GS certification) Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the applicable ergonomic requirements. Without external keyboards, they are suitable only for short-time use of VDU tasks. During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sun light) reflections may occur, which result in reduced readability. Germany (Deutscher text) Wird ein mobiler Computer fr Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben verwendet, wo die Richtlinie 90/270/EEG

(Bildschirmarbeitsrichtlinie) anzuwenden ist, wird eine geeignete externe Tastatur notwendig. Abhngig von der Anwendung und der Aufgabe kann ein geeigneter externer Monitor erforderlich sein, um vergleichbare Arbeitsbedingungen zu einem stationren Arbeitsplatz zu erreichen. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (freiwillige GS Zertifizierung) Mobile Computer, welche das "GS" Zeichen tragen, entsprechen den ergonomischen Anforderungen und sind nur fr kurzzeitige Benutzung von Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben geeignet. Bei mobiler Nutzung mit ungnstigen Lichtverhltnissen (z.B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen und damit zu Einschrnkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen. European Union regulatory notices 5 Australia and New Zealand notice This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. China WWAN notice Japan notice V-2 VCCI32-1 5GHz Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. Some products may use electronic regulatory labels (e-labels). To view the certification mark and numbers on an e-label, please refer to the previous Accessing regulatory labels section. e e Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. The regulatory model number for this product is on the regulatory label. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. The regulatory model number for this product is on the regulatory label. Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are onboard aircraft. The use of these devices onboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. South Korea notices Thailand WWAN wireless notice This telecom equipment has complied with NTC regulations. Singapore wireless notice 7 Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment onboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com/

recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. Factory-sealed battery notices The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers Laser compliance WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC/EN 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007. Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that Laser compliance 9 country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. 10 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers U.S. modem declarations Refer to the following modem vendor declarations for the modem device installed in your computer:

Modem notices 11 Canada modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japan modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the V.92 56K Data/Fax Modem is below:

New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. b. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). d. 12 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/

18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.0 m (3.2 ft) and 2 m (6.56 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. Japan power cord notice DC plug of external HP power supply Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Power cord notice 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (Ethernet network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. 14 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. Canadian modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japanese modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft modem is below:

Modem notices 15 New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. b. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). d. Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Electromagnetic compatibility notices This guide provides country- and region-specific nonwireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous 16 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding this product, write to:

HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 or call HP at 650-857-1501. To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP Inc. may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods in order to maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations. Products with wireless LAN devices This product may be equipped with a wireless LAN device. This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 17 WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. Australia telecom statement The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of AS/CA S008. WARNING! Modems without integral RJ11 connector that are shipped with this computer should not be installed in any other device. This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. 18 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. CAUTION: A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230Vv. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115Vv, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Canadian notice This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, this device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a, n, or ac wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antenna for this device is not replaceable. Any attempt at user modification may damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products Sold Before 13 June 2017 Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU; EMC Directive 2014/30/EU; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: http://www.hp.eu/certificates

(Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 19 Products Sold After 12 June 2017 Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

RED 2014/53/EU; Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU; EMC Directive 2014/30/EU; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: http://www.hp.eu/certificates

(Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany. Products with radio functionality (EMF) This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions. Products can be operated without maintaining a separation distance unless otherwise indicated in instructions specific to the product. Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) CAUTION: IEEE 802.11x wireless LAN with 5.155.35 GHz frequency band is restricted for indoor use only in all European Union member states, EFTA (Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein), and most other European countries (e.g., Switzerland, Turkey, Republic of Serbia). Using this WLAN application outdoors might lead to interference issues with existing radio services. CAUTION: Fixed outdoor installations for WiGig application (5766 GHz frequency band) are excluded in all European Union member states, EFTA (Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein), and other European countries (e.g. Switzerland, Turkey, Republic of Serbia). Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products only) Radio Technology Bluetooth; 2,4 GHz NFC; 13,56 MHz WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 2,4 GHz WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 5 GHz WWAN 4G LTE; 700/800/900/1800/2100/2600 MHz WWAN 3G UTMS; 900/2100 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 900 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 1800 MHz Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) 100 10 100 200 200 250 2000 1000 20 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Radio Technology WiGig 802.11ad; 60 GHz Wireless Charging Qi; 110kHz - 205kHz Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) 316 Less than 1 NOTE: Use only HP-supported software drivers and correct country settings to ensure compliance. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the applicable Directive and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/

regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. This equipment has been designed to work with analogue DTMF Networks. This equipment may have internetworking difficulties in PSTN networks that only support Pulse Dialing. Please consult with your network operator for further assistance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) A computer system comprising HP brand products meets the applicable ergonomic requirements if all affected constituent products bear the "GS" approval mark, for example Business Desktop PC, keyboard, PC-

mouse and monitor. Germany (Deutscher text) Ein aus HP Produkten bestehendes Computersystem erfllt die anwendbaren ergonomischen Anforderungen, wenn alle verwendeten Komponenten das GS Zeichen tragen, wie z. B. Business Desktop PC, Tastatur, PC-

Maus und Bildschirm. Japan notice V-2 VCCI32-1 5GHz Electromagnetic compatibility notices 21 Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings If this device contains radio equipment, it is certified radio equipment. Some products may use electronic regulatory labels (e-labels). To view the certification mark and numbers on an e-label, please refer to the previous Accessing regulatory labels section. e e Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. South Korea notices Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices 22 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Electromagnetic compatibility notices 23 3 Safety notices for notebook and tablet computers WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. Heat-related safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC/EN 60950). Potential safety conditions notice If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer:

crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. Battery notices WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, or puncture; do not short external contacts; do not dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Keep new and used batteries away from children. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Fast charging may not be available for non-compatible or non-HP batteries. WARNING! Do not ingest battery, a Chemical Burn Hazard. WARNING! This product contains a coin/button cell battery. If the coin/button cell battery is swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns in just 2 hours and can lead to death. WARNING!

from children. If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away 24 Chapter 3 Safety notices for notebook and tablet computers If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek WARNING!

immediate medical attention. WARNING!

explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. WARNING! A battery subjected to extremely low air pressure may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Leaving a battery in an extremely high temperature surrounding environment can result in an Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Adjustment of the volume control as well as the equalizer to other settings than the center position may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. The use of factors influencing the ear-/headphones output other than those specified by the manufacturer (e.g. operating system, equalizer software, firmware, driver) may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. Power cord notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Cleaning the keyboard WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. Clean the keyboard regularly to prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles that can become trapped beneath the keys. A can of compressed air with a straw extension can be used to blow air around and under the keys to loosen and remove debris. Travel notice WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. Headset and earphone volume level notice 25 China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m Icon Description China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. Icon Description Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system.

:

(1) 30 10

(2) 2 2 1 26 Chapter 3 Safety notices for notebook and tablet computers 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Important safety information WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. The computer may be heavy; be sure to use ergonomically correct lifting procedures when moving it. Install the computer near an AC outlet. The AC power cord is your computers main AC disconnecting device and must be easily accessible at all times. For your safety, the power cord provided with your computer has a grounded plug. Always use the power cord with a properly grounded wall outlet, to avoid the risk of electrical shock. To reduce the possibility of an electric shock from the telephone network, plug your computer into the AC outlet before connecting it to the telephone line. Also, disconnect the telephone line before unplugging your computer from the AC power outlet. Always disconnect the modem cord from the telephone system before installing or removing your computer cover. Do not operate the computer with the cover removed. For your safety, always unplug the computer from its power source and from any telecommunications systems (such as telephone lines), networks, or modems before performing any service procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Hazardous voltage levels are inside the power supply and modem of this product. As a safety precaution, if the system power load exceeds the specific configurations capacities, the system may temporarily disable some USB ports. CAUTION:

the voltage select switch has been pre-set to the correct voltage setting for use in the particular country/

region where it was initially sold. Changing the voltage select switch to the incorrect position can damage your computer and void any implied warranty. If your computer is provided with a voltage select switch for use in a 115 or 230 V power system, This product has not been evaluated for connection to an IT power system (an AC distribution system with no direct connection to earth, according to IEC/EN 60950). Important safety information 27 Installation conditions See installation instructions before connecting this equipment to the input supply. WARNING! The equipment must be provided with a proper AC protective earth (PE) ground connection. Energized and moving parts may be inside the computer. Disconnect power to the equipment before removing the enclosure. Replace and secure the enclosure before re-energizing the equipment. Battery notices WARNING! The product may contain an internal lithium manganese dioxide, vanadium pentoxide, or alkaline battery or battery pack. There is risk of fire and burns if the battery pack is not handled properly. WARNING! Do not attempt to recharge the battery. WARNING! Do not expose to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F). WARNING! Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, or dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! Replace only with the HP spare designated for this product. WARNING! Do not ingest battery, a Chemical Burn Hazard. WARNING! This product contains a coin/button cell battery. If the coin/button cell battery is swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns in just 2 hours and can lead to death. WARNING! Keep new and used batteries away from children. WARNING!

from children. WARNING!

immediate medical attention. WARNING!

explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. WARNING! A battery subjected to extremely low air pressure may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Leaving a battery in an extremely high temperature surrounding environment can result in an If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek Icon Description Batteries, battery packs, and accumulators should not be disposed of together with the general household waste. In order to forward them to recycling or proper disposal, please use the public collection system or return them to HP, an authorized HP partner, or their agents. Icon Description The Taiwan EPA requires dry battery manufacturing or importing firms, in accordance with Article 15 of the Waste Disposal Act, to indicate the recovery marks on the batteries used in sales, giveaways, or promotions. Contact a qualified Taiwanese recycler for proper battery disposal. 28 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Fan notices WARNING!

WARNING! Keep body parts away from moving parts. WARNING! Keep body parts away from fan blades. WARNING! Keep body parts out of the motion path. Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Adjustment of the volume control as well as the equalizer to other settings than the center position may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. The use of factors influencing the ear-/headphones output other than those specified by the manufacturer (e.g. operating system, equalizer software, firmware, driver) may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. Laser safety For products equipped with optical drives or fiber optic transceivers. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (i.e., CD or DVD drive) and/or fiber optic transceiver. These contain lasers and are classified as Class 1 Laser Products in accordance with the standard IEC/EN 60825-1 and comply with its requirements. Each laser product complies with US FDA Regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser products installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein. Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit. Power supply and power cord set requirements Power supply class I grounding requirements For protection from fault currents, the equipment shall be connected to a grounding terminal. Plug the system power cord into an AC outlet that provides a ground connection. Substitute cords may not provide adequate fault protection. Only use the power cord supplied with this product or an HP Inc. authorized replacement. Fan notices 29 Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Denmark Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Finland Norway Sweden Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. Power supply requirements The power supplies on some products have external power switches. The voltage select switch feature on the product permits it to operate from any line voltage between 100-127 or 200-240 volts AC. Power supplies on those products that do not have external power switches are equipped with internal circuits that sense the incoming voltage and automatically switch to the proper voltage. For safety reasons, use only the AC adapter provided with the unit or an authorized replacement adapter from HP Inc. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. For use in Norway This product is also designed for an IT power system with phase-to-phase voltage 230V. Power cord set requirements The power cord set received with the product meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment was originally purchased. Use only the power cord provided with the unit or an authorized replacement power cord from HP Inc. or an approved HP Inc. source. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the product. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. WARNING! Do not use power cords from other products. Mismatched power cords may result in a shock and fire hazard. The requirements listed below are applicable to all countries:

1. 2. The power cord must be approved by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for evaluation in the country where the power cord set will be installed. The length of the power cord must be between 1.8 m (6 feet) and 3.6 m (12 feet). For a power cord 2.0 m

(6.56 feet) or less, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm2 or 18AWG. If the power cord is longer than 2.0 m (6.56 feet), the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 1.0 mm2 or 16AWG. 30 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations The power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. WARNING! Do not operate this product with a damaged power cord set. If the power cord set is damaged in any manner, replace it immediately. Damaged cords may result in user exposure to hazards. Japan power cord requirements For use in Japan, use only the power cord received with this product. CAUTION: Do not use the power cord received with this product on any other products. Pinch hazard WARNING! Observe pinch hazard areas. Keep fingers away from closing parts. TV antenna connectors protection External television antenna grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is electrically grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper electrical grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna-

discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. Lightning protection For added protection of any product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug the product from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product from lightning and power line surges. Pinch hazard 31 Table 4-1 Antenna Grounding Reference Grounding Component 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Electric Service Equipment Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC Art 250, Part III) Ground Clamps Grounding Conductors (NEC Section 810.21) Antenna Discharge Unit (NEC Section 810.20) Ground Clamp Antenna Lead-in Wire Note to CATV system installer This reminder is provided to call the CATV systems installers attention to section 820.93 of the National Electric Code, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and in particular, specify that the Coaxial cable shield shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. 32 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m Icon Description China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. Icon Description China safety notices 33 Germany acoustics notice Sound pressure level (LpA) is far below 70dB(A) (operator position, normal operation, according to ISO 7779) Product noise emission data can be found in the product related IT ECO Declarations at Internet address:

http://www.hp.com/go/ted Schalldruckpegel (LpA) ist weit unterhalb 70 dB(A) (Benutzerposition, normaler Betrieb, nach ISO 7779) Die Schallemissionswerte der Produkte knnen in den produktbezogenen IT ECO Declarations auf folgender Internet Adresse gefunden werden: http://www.hp.com/go/ted

:

(1) 30 10

(2) 2 2 1 34 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Brazil hardware recycling information Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling 35 Icon Description No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, HP Inc. has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers:

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Notebooks, Mobile Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when the power/sleep button is pressed. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. Tablets/Slates Less than or equal to 1 minute Not applicable Not applicable For computers that support an always-on, always-connected use profile where internet access is available

(such as tablets and slates), alternative low power modes - such as Short or Long Idle modes (as defined in the ENERGY STAR Computer Program Requirements) are provided that consume very little power (</= 10 Watts) and when applicable, maximize product battery life. These alternative low power modes are dynamic, with the display sleep mode activated within 1 minute of user inactivity. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. 36 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. China environmental notices China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers, this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A Category B Category C Category D TEC (kilowatt hour) Grade 1 98.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa Grade 2 148.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 234.0+Efa Grade 3 198.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 284.0+Efa Chemical substances 37 Product Type Portable Computer TEC (kilowatt hour) Category A Category B Category C 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. 3. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to

"The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers". Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Product Type Category A Category B Category C Category D Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. 38 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers China PC energy label 39 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by Chinas Management Methods for Restricted Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Products Part Name Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power pack Power supply Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external TV tuner Hazardous Substances Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 40 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers Hazardous Substances Part Name USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.

/

I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 41

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

/Java USB USB X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS

(RoHS) Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Unit Lead (Pb) Mercury (Hg) Cadmium (Cd) Hexavalent chromium (Cr+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Battery 42 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Cables

/

Chassis/Other

/

I/O PCAs

/

Keyboard /

Mouse

(LCD) Liquid crystal display (LCD) panel CD/DVD/

Media

(CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Optional docking device Power pack Power supply Speakers, external Storage Devices Wireless Devices 1 0.1 % 0.01 %

Note 1: "Exceeding 0.1 wt %" and "exceeding 0.01 wt %" indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the reference percentage value of presence condition. 2 Note 2: "O" indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of presence. 3 Note 3: The "" indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption.

(RoHS) 43 http://www.hp.com/support To access the latest user guides or manuals for your product, go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Find your product, and then follow the on-screen instructions. India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product, as well as its related consumables and spares, complies with the reduction in hazardous substances provisions of the "India E-waste Rule 2016." It does not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except where allowed pursuant to the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 To locate product power consumption data, including when the product is in networked standby with all wired network ports connected and wireless devices connected, refer to section P14 Additional information of the product IT ECO Declaration at http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/

itecodesktop-pc.html. Where applicable, activate and deactivate a wireless network using the instructions included in the product user guide or the operating system. Information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support. IT ECO declarations For notebook PCs, go to http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/

iteconotebook-o.html. Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration (components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). 44 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers Turkey EEE regulation Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. This products real-time clock battery or coin cell battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. TCO Certified This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified logo. Turkey EEE regulation 45 46 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users Icon Description This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Brazil hardware recycling information Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling 47 Icon Description No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, HP Inc. has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers:

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Desktops, Integrated Desktops, Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Thin clients Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes when sleep mode is supported by the operating system (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. When sleep mode is supported by operating system product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. 48 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Mercury statement This statement applies to All-in-One computers with built-in display panels that do not use LED backlighting. This HP product may contain the following material that might require special handling at end-of-life:

Mercury in the fluorescent lamp in the display LCD Disposal of mercury can be regulated because of environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)

(http://www.eiae.org). Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply The computers real-time clock battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. China environmental notices Chemical substances 49 China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers, this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C TEC (kilowatt hour) Grade 1 98.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa Grade 2 148.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa Grade 3 198.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. 3. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers". Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. System memory of not less than 2 GB The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. 50 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Product Type Category D Configuration Description 2. A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. China PC energy label 51 52 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by Chinas Management Methods for Restricted Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Products Part Name Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Fan Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones Heat sink I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Projector Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Hazardous Substances Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) 53 Part Name Solid-state drives Speakers, external Stylus Touch mat TV tuner USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards 3D Capture Stage/

Turntable Hazardous Substances Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.

/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd) X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O

(Cr(VI)) O O O O O O

(PBB)

(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O 54 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

/Java USB USB 3D /

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) 55

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(RoHS) Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent chromium (Cr

+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Unit Battery Cables Camera

/ Chassis/Other

/

I/O PCAs

/ Keyboard /

Mouse

(LCD) Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel CD/DVD/

Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Optional docking device Power supply Projector Remote control Speakers, external Storage Devices Stylus 56 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent chromium (Cr

+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Unit Touch mat 3D / 3D Capture Stage/Turntable Wireless Devices Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) 1 0.1 % 0.01 %

Note 1: "Exceeding 0.1 wt %" and "exceeding 0.01 wt %" indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the reference percentage value of presence condition. 2 O Note 2: "O" indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of presence. 3 Note 3: The "" indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption. http://www.hp.com/support To access the latest user guides or manuals for your product, go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Find your product, and then follow the on-screen instructions.

(RoHS) 57 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product, as well as its related consumables and spares, complies with the reduction in hazardous substances provisions of the "India E-waste Rule 2016." It does not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except where allowed pursuant to the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 To locate product power consumption data, including when the product is in networked standby with all wired network ports connected and wireless devices connected, refer to section P14 Additional information of the product IT ECO Declaration at http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/

itecodesktop-pc.html. Where applicable, activate and deactivate a wireless network using the instructions included in the product user guide or the operating system. Information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support. IT ECO declarations Desktop PCs and Thin Clients http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?

jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Workstations http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mehiki zakon o uporabi trajnostne energije Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de 58 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin (componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). NOTE: Esta ley no es aplicable a los workstations. This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration (components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). NOTE: Workstations are not labeled because the law is not applicable to the workstation product category. Turkey EEE regulation Omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi (RoHS) za Ukrajino The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. TCO Certified This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified logo. Turkey EEE regulation 59 60 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Index Symbols/Numerics 42, 56 42, 56 A airline travel notice 8 altitude notice 26, 33 B battery 24, 28 battery notice 8, 45, 47 battery recycling 35, 47 Brazil notice 3, 19, 25, 30 C cable grounding notice 26 Canada modem statement 12, 15 Canada notices 3, 19 China environmental notices 37, 49 China PC energy label 37, 50 China restriction of hazardous substances notice 40, 53 D disposal notices battery 45, 47 battery, user replacement 8 equipment 35, 47 factory sealed battery 8 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 35, 47 ENERGY STAR certification 36, 48 environmental notices 35, 47 equipment disposal notice 35, 47 ergonomics notice 5, 21 European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 44, 58 European Union notices 3, 19 F fan notice 29 Federal Communications Commission desktops, thin clients, and workstations notice 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations cables 17 desktops, thin clients, modem statements Canada 12, 15 Japan 12 New Zealand 12, 16 U.S. 10, 11, 14 modifications, desktops, thin clients, workstations modifications 17 workstations notebook computers cables 2 notebook computers modifications 2 notebook computers notice 2 G GS Notice 5, 21 H headset and earphone volume level notice 25, 29 I India restriction of hazardous substances notice 44, 58 J Japan modem statement 12 Japan notice 6, 21 Japan power cord notice 13, 31 Japan restriction of hazardous substances notice 44, 58 K keyboard notice 25 L labels, regulatory 1 laser safety notice 9, 29 M Macrovision Corporation notice 13 maximum power levels 4, 20 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law 44 Mexico wireless notice 6, 22 modem notices 9, 14 Federal Communications Commission 17 modifications, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 N New Zealand modem statement 12, 16 notices airline travel 8 battery 8, 24, 28, 45, 47 Brazil 3, 19, 25, 30 Canada 3, 19 China restriction of hazardous substances 40, 53 environmental 35, 47 equipment disposal 35, 47 ergonomics 5, 21 European Union 3, 19 fan 29 headset and earphone volume level 25, 29 India restriction of hazardous substances 44, 58 Japan 6, 21 Japan power cord 13, 31 Japan restriction of hazardous substances 44, 58 keyboard 25 laser safety 9, 29 Macrovision Corporation 13 Mexico 6, 22 modem 9, 14 perchlorate material 45, 49 power cords 13, 25 Singapore 7 South Korea 7, 22 Index 61 Taiwan 8, 22 Thailand WWAN wireless notice W wireless LAN devices 2, 18, 19 7 travel 25 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances 45 notices, desktops, thin clients, and workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 notices, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 O obvestila omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi za Ukrajino 59 obvestilo o omejevanju uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi za Ukrajino 59 P power cord notice 13, 25 R radio frequency bands 4, 20 recycling, electronic hardware and battery 35, 47 S Singapore wireless notice 7 South Korea notice 7, 22 T Taiwan notice 8, 22 TCO Certified Certification 45, 59 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel notice 25 tropical warning notice 26, 33 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 26 U U.S. modem statement 10, 11, 14 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances notice 45 V voice support 13, 16 volume level notice, headset and earphone 25, 29 62 Index

User Guide Copyright 2017 HP Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by HP Inc. under license. Intel, Celeron, and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Windows is either a registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: September 2017 Document Part Number: 937445001 Product notice Software terms By installing, copying, downloading, or otherwise using any software product preinstalled on this computer, you agree to be bound by the terms of the HP End User License Agreement (EULA). If you do not accept these license terms, your sole remedy is to return the entire unused product (hardware and software) within 14 days for a full refund subject to the refund policy of your seller. For any further information or to request a full refund of the price of the computer, please contact your seller. This guide describes features that are common to most products. Some features may not be available on your computer. Not all features are available in all editions or versions of Windows. Systems may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware, drivers, software or BIOS update to take full advantage of Windows functionality. Windows 10 is automatically updated, which is always enabled. ISP fees may apply and additional requirements may apply over time for updates. Go to http://www.microsoft.com for details. To access the latest user guides, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and follow the instructions to find your product. Then select User Guides. Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950). iii iv Safety warning notice Processor configuration setting (select products only) IMPORTANT: Select products are configured with an Intel Pentium N35xx/N37xx series or a Celeron N28xx/N29xx/N30xx/N31xx series processor and a Windows operating system. If your computer is configured as described, do not change the processor configuration setting in msconfig.exe from 4 or 2 processors to 1 processor. If you do so, your computer will not restart. You will have to perform a factory reset to restore the original settings. v vi Processor configuration setting (select products only) Table of contents 1 Starting right ................................................................................................................................................ 1 Best practices ......................................................................................................................................................... 1 More HP resources ................................................................................................................................................. 2 2 Getting to know your computer ...................................................................................................................... 4 Locating hardware ................................................................................................................................................. 4 Locating software .................................................................................................................................................. 4 Right side ............................................................................................................................................................... 5 Left side ................................................................................................................................................................. 6 Display .................................................................................................................................................................... 8 Keyboard area ........................................................................................................................................................ 9 TouchPad ............................................................................................................................................. 9 Lights ................................................................................................................................................. 10 Speakers ............................................................................................................................................ 11 Special keys ....................................................................................................................................... 12 Action keys ........................................................................................................................................ 14 Bottom ................................................................................................................................................................. 15 Labels ................................................................................................................................................................... 16 3 Connecting to a network .............................................................................................................................. 17 Connecting to a wireless network ....................................................................................................................... 17 Using the wireless controls ............................................................................................................... 17 Airplane mode key .......................................................................................................... 17 Operating system controls ............................................................................................. 17 Connecting to a WLAN ....................................................................................................................... 18 Using HP Mobile Broadband (select products only) .......................................................................... 19 Using GPS (select products only) ...................................................................................................... 19 Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select products only) ................................................................. 19 Connecting Bluetooth devices ........................................................................................ 20 Connecting to a wired networkLAN (select products only) ............................................................................. 20 4 Enjoying entertainment features .................................................................................................................. 21 Using the camera ................................................................................................................................................. 21 Using audio .......................................................................................................................................................... 21 Connecting speakers ......................................................................................................................... 21 Connecting headphones .................................................................................................................... 21 vii Connecting headsets ......................................................................................................................... 22 Using sound settings ......................................................................................................................... 22 Using video .......................................................................................................................................................... 22 Connecting video devices using a USB Type-C cable (select products only) .................................... 22 Discovering and connecting to Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select products only) ...... 23 5 Navigating the screen .................................................................................................................................. 24 Using TouchPad and touch screen gestures ........................................................................................................ 24 Tap ..................................................................................................................................................... 24 Two-finger pinch zoom ..................................................................................................................... 25 Two-finger slide (TouchPad only) ..................................................................................................... 25 Two-finger tap (TouchPad only) ........................................................................................................ 25 Four-finger tap (TouchPad only) ....................................................................................................... 25 Three-finger swipe (TouchPad only) ................................................................................................. 26 One-finger slide (touch screen only) ................................................................................................. 27 Using an optional keyboard or mouse ................................................................................................................. 27 Using an on-screen keyboard (select products only) .......................................................................................... 27 6 Managing power .......................................................................................................................................... 28 Using Sleep and Hibernation ............................................................................................................................... 28 Initiating and exiting Sleep ............................................................................................................... 28 Initiating and exiting Hibernation (select products only) ................................................................. 29 Shutting down (turning off) the computer .......................................................................................................... 29 Using the Power icon and Power Options ............................................................................................................ 30 Running on battery power ................................................................................................................................... 30 Using HP Fast Charge (select products only) .................................................................................... 30 Displaying battery charge ................................................................................................................. 31 Finding battery information in HP Support Assistant (select products only) .................................. 31 Conserving battery power ................................................................................................................. 31 Identifying low battery levels ........................................................................................................... 31 Resolving a low battery level ............................................................................................................ 32 Resolving a low battery level when external power is available ................................... 32 Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available ................................. 32 Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation .................. 32 Factory-sealed battery ...................................................................................................................... 32 Running on external power ................................................................................................................................. 32 7 Maintaining your computer .......................................................................................................................... 34 Improving performance ....................................................................................................................................... 34 Using Disk Defragmenter .................................................................................................................. 34 viii Using Disk Cleanup ............................................................................................................................ 34 Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select products only) ................................................................................ 34 Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status .............................................................................. 35 Updating programs and drivers .......................................................................................................................... 35 Cleaning your computer ...................................................................................................................................... 35 Cleaning procedures .......................................................................................................................... 35 Cleaning the display ........................................................................................................ 36 Cleaning the sides or cover ............................................................................................. 36 Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse (select products only) ............................. 36 Traveling with or shipping your computer .......................................................................................................... 36 8 Securing your computer and information ....................................................................................................... 38 Using passwords .................................................................................................................................................. 38 Setting Windows passwords ............................................................................................................. 38 Setting Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords ............................................................................................. 39 Using Windows Hello (select products only) ....................................................................................................... 39 Using Internet security software ......................................................................................................................... 40 Using antivirus software ................................................................................................................... 40 Using firewall software ..................................................................................................................... 40 Installing software updates ................................................................................................................................. 40 Using HP Managed Services (select products only) ............................................................................................ 41 Securing your wireless network .......................................................................................................................... 41 Backing up your software applications and information .................................................................................... 41 Using an optional security cable (select products only) ..................................................................................... 41 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) ............................................................................................................................. 42 Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) ................................................................................................................................ 42 Updating Setup Utility (BIOS) .............................................................................................................................. 42 Determining the BIOS version ........................................................................................................... 42 Downloading a BIOS update .............................................................................................................. 43 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) ..................................................................................................... 44 Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device .................................................................... 45 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering .......................................................................................................... 46 Creating recovery media and backups ................................................................................................................ 46 Using HP Recovery media (select products only) ............................................................................. 46 Using Windows tools ......................................................................................................................... 47 Using the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool (select products only) ............................................... 48 Restore and recovery ........................................................................................................................................... 48 ix Recovering using HP Recovery Manager ........................................................................................... 48 What you need to know before you get started ............................................................. 48 Using the HP Recovery partition (select products only) ................................................. 49 Using HP Recovery media to recover .............................................................................. 50 Changing the computer boot order ................................................................................ 50 Removing the HP Recovery partition (select products only) ......................................... 50 12 Specifications ............................................................................................................................................ 51 Input power .......................................................................................................................................................... 51 Operating environment ....................................................................................................................................... 52 13 Electrostatic Discharge .............................................................................................................................. 53 14 Accessibility .............................................................................................................................................. 54 Supported assistive technologies ....................................................................................................................... 54 Contacting support .............................................................................................................................................. 54 Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 55 x 1 Starting right This computer is a powerful tool designed to enhance your work and entertainment. Read this chapter to learn about best practices after you set up your computer, fun things to do with your computer, and where to find additional HP resources. Best practices After you set up and register the computer, we recommend the following steps to get the most out of your smart investment:

Back up your hard drive by creating recovery media. See Backing up, restoring, and recovering on page 46. If you havent already done so, connect to a wired or wireless network. See details in Connecting to a network on page 17. Become familiar with the computer hardware and software. For more information, see Getting to know your computer on page 4 and Enjoying entertainment features on page 21. Update or purchase antivirus software. See Using antivirus software on page 40. Best practices 1 More HP resources To locate resources that provide product details, how-to information, and more, use this table. Contents Overview of computer setup and features Online chat with an HP technician Support telephone numbers Replacement parts videos (select products only) Maintenance and service guides HP service center locations Proper workstation setup Guidelines for posture and work habits that increase your comfort and decrease your risk of injury Electrical and mechanical safety information Important regulatory notices, including information about proper battery disposal, if needed. Resource Setup Instructions HP support For HP support, go to http://www.hp.com/support. Safety & Comfort Guide To access this guide:

Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. or Select the Start button, select HP, and then select HP Documentation. or Go to http://www.hp.com/ergo. IMPORTANT: You must be connected to the Internet to access the latest version of the user guide. Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices To access this document:

Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. or Select the Start button, select HP, and then select HP Documentation. Limited Warranty*

Specific warranty information about this computer To access this document:

Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. or Select the Start button, select HP, and then select HP Documentation. or Go to http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments. IMPORTANT: You must be connected to the Internet to access the latest version of the user guide.

*You can find your HP Limited Warranty located with the user guides on your product and/or on the CD or DVD provided in the box. In some countries or regions, HP may provide a printed warranty in the box. For countries or regions where the warranty is not provided in printed format, you can request a copy from http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments. For products purchased in Asia Pacific, you 2 Chapter 1 Starting right Resource Contents can write to HP at POD, PO Box 161, Kitchener Road Post Office, Singapore 912006. Include your product name, and your name, phone number, and postal address. More HP resources 3 2 Getting to know your computer Your computer features top-rated components. This chapter provides details about your components, where they're located, and how they work. Locating hardware To find out what hardware is installed on your computer:

Type device manager in the taskbar search box, and then select the Device Manager app. A list displays all the devices installed on your computer. For information about system hardware components and the system BIOS version number, press fn+esc

(select products only). Locating software To find out what software is installed on your computer:

Select the Start button. or Right-click the Start button, and then select Apps and Features. 4 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Right side Component Description

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4) Volume button Fingerprint reader AC adapter and battery light Controls speaker volume on the computer. Allows a fingerprint logon to Windows, instead of a password logon. To use the fingerprint reader, swipe your finger on the fingerprint reader. See Using Windows Hello (select products only) on page 39 for details. White: The AC adapter is connected and the battery is fully charged. Blinking white: The AC adapter is disconnected and the battery has reached a low battery level. Amber: The AC adapter is connected and the battery is charging. Off: The battery is not charging. USB Type-C power connector and Thunderbolt ports with HP Sleep and Charge (2) Connect AC adapters that have a USB Type-C connector, supplying power to the computer and, if needed, charging the computer battery. and Connect and charge most USB devices that have a Type-C connector, such as a cell phone, camera, activity tracker, or smartwatch, and provides high-speed data transfer. and Connects a display device that has a USB Type-C connector, providing DisplayPort output. NOTE: Cables and/or adapters (purchased separately) may be required. NOTE: Your computer may also support a Thunderbolt docking station. Right side 5 Left side Component

(1)

(2) USB 3.x SuperSpeed port with HP Sleep and Charge Audio-out (headphone)/Audio-in (microphone) combo jack

(3) Power light

(4) Power button Description Connects a USB device, provides high-speed data transfer, and even when the computer is off, charges most products such as a cell phone, camera, activity tracker, or smartwatch. Connects optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbuds, a headset, or a television audio cable. Also connects an optional headset microphone. This jack does not support optional standalone microphones. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, refer to the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices. To access this guide:

Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. NOTE: When a device is connected to the jack, the computer speakers are disabled. On: The computer is on. Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state, a power-

saving state. The computer shuts off power to the display and other unneeded components. Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. Hibernation is a power-saving state that uses the least amount of power. When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hibernation. CAUTION: Pressing and holding down the power button results in the loss of unsaved information. If the computer has stopped responding and shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button down for at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. To learn more about your power settings, see your power options:

6 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Component Description

(5) MicroSD memory card reader Right-click the Power icon

, and then select Power Options. Reads optional memory cards that enable you to store, manage, share, or access information. To insert a card:

1. 2. 1. Hold the card label-side up, with connectors facing the computer. Insert the card into the memory card reader, and then press in on the card until it is firmly seated. To remove a card:

Press in on the card, and then remove it from the memory card reader. Left side 7 Display Component Description

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4) WLAN antennas*

Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with wireless local area networks (WLANs). Internal microphones Record sound. Camera lights Cameras On: One or more cameras are in use. Allow you to video chat, record video, and record still images. To use your camera, see Using the camera on page 21. Some cameras also allow a facial recognition logon to Windows, instead of a password logon. For more information, see Using Windows Hello (select products only) on page 39. NOTE: Camera functions vary depending on the camera hardware and software installed on your product.

*The antennas are not visible from the outside of the computer, and antenna location varies. For optimal transmission, keep the areas immediately around the antennas free from obstructions. For wireless regulatory notices, see the section of the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices that applies to your country or region. To access this guide:

Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. 8 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Keyboard area TouchPad Component

(1)

(2)

(3) TouchPad zone Description Reads your finger gestures to move the pointer or activate items on the screen. For more information, see Using TouchPad and touch NOTE:

screen gestures on page 24. Left TouchPad button Right TouchPad button Functions like the left button on an external mouse. Functions like the right button on an external mouse. Keyboard area 9 Lights Component Description

(1)

(2) Caps lock light Mute light On: Caps lock is on, which switches the key input to all capital letters. On: Computer sound is off. Off: Computer sound is on. 10 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Speakers Component Speakers Description Produce sound. Keyboard area 11 Special keys NOTE: Refer to the illustration that most closely matches your computer. Component

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4) esc key fn key Description Displays system information when pressed in combination with the fn key. Executes specific functions when pressed in combination with another key. Windows key Opens the Start menu. Action keys Execute frequently used system functions. NOTE: Pressing the Windows key again will close the Start menu. 12 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Component

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4) esc key fn key Description Displays system information when pressed in combination with the fn key. Executes specific functions when pressed in combination with another key. Windows key Opens the Start menu. Action keys Execute frequently used system functions. NOTE: Pressing the Windows key again will close the Start menu. Keyboard area 13 Action keys An action key performs the function indicated by the icon on the key. To determine which keys are on your product, see Special keys on page 12. To use an action key, press and hold the key. Icon Description Opens the "How to get help in Windows 10" webpage. Helps prevent side-angle viewing from onlookers. If needed, decrease or increase brightness for well-lit or darker environments. Press the key again to turn off the privacy screen. Decreases the screen brightness incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Increases the screen brightness incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Switches the screen image between display devices connected to the system. For example, if a monitor is connected to the computer, repeatedly pressing this key alternates the screen image from the computer display to the monitor display to a simultaneous display on both the computer and the monitor. Turns the keyboard backlight off or on. NOTE: To conserve battery power, turn off this feature. Plays the previous track of an audio CD or the previous section of a DVD or a Blu-ray Disc (BD). Starts, pauses, or resumes playback of an audio CD, a DVD, or a BD. Plays the next track of an audio CD or the next section of a DVD or a BD. Decreases speaker volume incrementally while you hold down the key. Increases speaker volume incrementally while you hold down the key. Mutes or restores speaker sound. Turns the airplane mode and wireless feature on or off. NOTE: The airplane mode key is also referred to as the wireless button. 14 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Icon Description NOTE: A wireless network must be set up before a wireless connection is possible. Bottom Component

(1)

(2) Speakers (2) Vent Description Produce sound. Enables airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. Bottom 15 Labels The labels affixed to the computer provide information you may need when you troubleshoot system problems or travel internationally with the computer. IMPORTANT: Check the following locations for the labels described in this section: the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay, under the service door, or on the back of the display. Service labelProvides important information to identify your computer. When contacting support, you will probably be asked for the serial number, and possibly for the product number or the model number. Locate these numbers before you contact support. Your service label will resemble one of the examples shown below. Refer to the illustration that most closely matches the service label on your computer. Component

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4) Serial number Product number Warranty period Model number (select products only) Component

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5) HP product name (select products only) Model name (select products only) Product number Serial number Warranty period Regulatory label(s)Provide(s) regulatory information about the computer. Wireless certification label(s)Provide(s) information about optional wireless devices and the approval markings for the countries or regions in which the devices have been approved for use. 16 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer 3 Connecting to a network Your computer can travel with you wherever you go. But even at home, you can explore the globe and access information from millions of websites using your computer and a wired or wireless network connection. This chapter will help you get connected to that world. Connecting to a wireless network Your computer may be equipped with one or more of the following wireless devices:

WLAN deviceConnects the computer to wireless local area networks (commonly referred to as Wi-Fi networks, wireless LANs, or WLANs) in corporate offices, your home, and public places such as airports, restaurants, coffee shops, hotels, and universities. In a WLAN, the mobile wireless device in your computer communicates with a wireless router or a wireless access point. HP Mobile Broadband ModuleGives you wireless connectivity over a wireless wide area network

(WWAN), a much larger area. Mobile network operators install base stations (similar to cell phone towers) throughout large geographic areas, effectively providing coverage across entire states, regions, or even countries. Bluetooth deviceCreates a personal area network (PAN) to connect to other Bluetooth-enabled devices such as computers, phones, printers, headsets, speakers, and cameras. In a PAN, each device communicates directly with other devices, and devices must be relatively close togethertypically within 10 meters (approximately 33 feet) of each other. Using the wireless controls You can control the wireless devices in your computer using one or more of these features:

Airplane mode key (also called wireless button or wireless key) (referred to in this chapter as airplane mode key) Operating system controls Airplane mode key The computer may have an airplane mode key, one or more wireless devices, and one or two wireless lights. All the wireless devices on your computer are enabled at the factory. The wireless light indicates the overall power state of your wireless devices, not the status of individual devices. Operating system controls The Network and Sharing Center allows you to set up a connection or network, connect to a network, and diagnose and repair network problems. To use operating system controls:

Right-click the network status icon in the taskbar, and then select Open Network and Sharing Center. Connecting to a wireless network 17 Connecting to a WLAN NOTE: When you are setting up Internet access in your home, you must establish an account with an Internet service provider (ISP). To purchase Internet service and a modem, contact a local ISP. The ISP will help set up the modem, install a network cable to connect your wireless router to the modem, and test the Internet service. To connect to a WLAN, follow these steps:

1. Be sure that the WLAN device is on. 2. Select the network status icon in the taskbar, and then connect to one of the available networks. If the WLAN is a security-enabled WLAN, you are prompted to enter a security code. Enter the code, and then select Next to complete the connection. If no WLANs are listed, you may be out of range of a wireless router or access point. If you do not see the WLAN you want to connect to, right-click the network status icon in the NOTE:

NOTE:

taskbar, and then select Open Network and Sharing Center. Select Set up a new connection or network. A list of options is displayed, allowing you to manually search for and connect to a network or to create a new network connection. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the connection. 3. After the connection is made, select the network status icon at the far right of the taskbar, to verify the name and status of the connection. NOTE: The functional range (how far your wireless signals travel) depends on WLAN implementation, router manufacturer, and interference from other electronic devices or structural barriers such as walls and floors. 18 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network Using HP Mobile Broadband (select products only) Your HP Mobile Broadband computer has built-in support for mobile broadband service. Your new computer, when used with a mobile operators network, gives you the freedom to connect to the Internet, send e-mail, or connect to your corporate network without the need for Wi-Fi hotspots. You might need the HP Mobile Broadband Module IMEI and/or MEID number to activate mobile broadband service. The number may be printed on a label located on the bottom of your computer, inside the battery bay, under the service door, or on the back of the display. or You can find the number following these steps:

1. 2. 3. Some mobile network operators require the use of a subscriber identity module (SIM) card. A SIM card contains basic information about you, such as a personal identification number (PIN), as well as network information. Some computers include a SIM card that is preinstalled. If the SIM card is not preinstalled, it may be included with the HP Mobile Broadband documents provided with your computer, or the mobile network operator may provide it separately from the computer. For information about HP Mobile Broadband and how to activate service with a preferred mobile network operator, see the HP Mobile Broadband information included with your computer. From the taskbar, select the network status icon. Select Network & Internet Settings. Under Network & Internet, select Status. Using GPS (select products only) Your computer may be equipped with a Global Positioning System (GPS) device. GPS satellites deliver location, speed, and direction information to GPS-equipped systems. To enable GPS, make sure location is enabled under the Location setting. 1. Type location in the taskbar search box, and then make the selection for location. Follow the on-screen instructions for using location settings. 2. Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select products only) A Bluetooth device provides short-range wireless communications that replace the physical cable connections that traditionally link electronic devices such as the following:

Computers (desktop, notebook) Phones (cellular, cordless, smartphone) Imaging devices (printer, camera) Audio devices (headset, speakers) Mouse External keyboard Connecting to a wireless network 19 Connecting Bluetooth devices Before you can use a Bluetooth device, you must establish a Bluetooth connection. 1. Type bluetooth in the taskbar search box, and then select Bluetooth and other devices settings. Select Add Bluetooth or other device. Select your device from the list, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 2. 3. NOTE:

If the device requires verification, a pairing code is displayed. On the device you are adding, follow the on-screen instructions to verify that the code on your device matches the pairing code. For more information, refer to the documentation provided with the device. NOTE:

devices may have additional requirements; refer to the documentation provided with the device. If your device does not appear in the list, be sure that Bluetooth on that device is turned on. Some Connecting to a wired networkLAN (select products only) Use a LAN connection if you want to connect the computer directly to a router in your home (instead of working wirelessly), or if you want to connect to an existing network at your office. Connecting to a LAN requires an RJ-45 (network) cable and a network jack or an optional docking device or expansion port, if there is no RJ-45 jack on the computer. To connect the network cable, follow these steps:

1. 2. Plug the network cable into the network jack (1) on the computer. Plug the other end of the network cable into a network wall jack (2) or router. If the network cable contains noise suppression circuitry (3), which prevents interference from NOTE:

TV and radio reception, orient the circuitry end of the cable toward the computer. 20 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network 4 Enjoying entertainment features Use your HP computer as an entertainment hub to socialize via the camera, enjoy and manage your music, and download and watch movies. Or, to make your computer an even more powerful entertainment center, connect external devices like a monitor, projector, TV, speakers, or headphones. Using the camera Your computer has one or more cameras that enable you to connect with others for work or play. Cameras may be front facing, rear facing, or pop up. See Getting to know your computer on page 4 for camera details. Most cameras allow you to video chat, record video, and record still images. Some also provide HD (high-

definition) capability, apps for gaming, or facial recognition software like Windows Hello. See Securing your computer and information on page 38 for details about using Windows Hello. To use your camera, type camera in the taskbar search box, and then select Camera from the list of applications. Using audio You can download and listen to music, stream audio content (including radio) from the web, record audio, or mix audio and video to create multimedia. You can also play music CDs on the computer (on select models) or attach an external optical drive to play CDs. To enhance your listening enjoyment, attach external audio devices such as speakers or headphones. Connecting speakers You can attach wired speakers to your computer by connecting them to a USB port or to the audio-out

(headphone)/audio-in (microphone) combo jack on your computer or on a docking station. To connect wireless speakers to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. Before connecting speakers, lower the volume setting. Connecting headphones WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this document:

Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. You can connect wired headphones to the headphone jack or to the audio-out (headphone)/audio-in

(microphone) combo jack on your computer. To connect wireless headphones to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. Using the camera 21 Connecting headsets WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this document:

Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. Headphones combined with a microphone are called headsets. You can connect wired headsets to the audio-

out (headphone)/audio-in (microphone) combo jack on your computer. To connect wireless headsets to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. Using sound settings Use sound settings to adjust system volume, change system sounds, or manage audio devices. To view or change sound settings:

Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, select Hardware and Sound, and then select Sound. Your computer may include an enhanced sound system by Bang & Olufsen, B&O Play, or another provider. As a result, your computer may include advanced audio features that can be controlled through an audio control panel specific to your sound system. Use the audio control panel to view and control audio settings. Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, select Hardware and Sound, and then select the audio control panel specific to your system. Using video Your computer is a powerful video device that enables you to watch streaming video from your favorite websites and download video and movies to watch on your computer when you are not connected to a network. To enhance your viewing enjoyment, use one of the video ports on the computer to connect an external monitor, projector, or TV. IMPORTANT: Be sure that the external device is connected to the correct port on the computer, using the correct cable. Follow the device manufacturer's instructions. For information on using your video features, refer to HP Support Assistant. Connecting video devices using a USB Type-C cable (select products only) NOTE: To connect a USB Type-C Thunderbolt device to your computer, you need a USB Type-C cable, purchased separately. To see video or high-resolution display output on an external Thunderbolt device, connect the Thunderbolt device according to the following instructions:

1. Connect one end of the USB Type-C cable to the USB Type-C Thunderbolt port on the computer. 22 Chapter 4 Enjoying entertainment features 2. 3. Connect the other end of the cable to the external Thunderbolt device. Press f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states. PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press f4 the display state changes. For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of NOTE:

the external device, as follows. Select the Start button, select the Settings icon System. Under Display, select the appropriate resolution, and then select Keep changes.

, and then select Discovering and connecting to Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select products only) To discover and connect to Miracast-compatible wireless displays without leaving your current apps, follow the steps below. To open Miracast:

Type project in the taskbar search box, and then click Project to a second screen. Click Connect to a wireless display, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Using video 23 5 Navigating the screen You can navigate the computer screen in one or more of the following ways:

Use touch gestures directly on the computer screen Use touch gestures on the TouchPad Use an optional mouse or keyboard (purchased separately) Use an on-screen keyboard Use a pointing stick Using TouchPad and touch screen gestures The TouchPad helps you navigate the computer screen and control the pointer using simple touch gestures. You can also use the left and right TouchPad buttons as you would use the corresponding buttons on an external mouse. To navigate a touch screen (select products only), touch the screen directly using gestures described in this chapter. You can also customize gestures and view demonstrations of how they work. Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, and then select Hardware and Sound. Under Devices and Printers, select Mouse. NOTE: Unless noted, gestures can be used on the TouchPad or a touch screen (select products only). Tap Use the tap/double-tap gesture to select or open an item on the screen. Point to an item on the screen, and then tap one finger on the TouchPad zone or touch screen to select the item. Double-tap an item to open it. 24 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen Two-finger pinch zoom Use the two-finger pinch zoom to zoom out or in on images or text. Zoom out by placing two fingers apart on the TouchPad zone or touch screen and then moving your fingers together. Zoom in by placing two fingers together on the TouchPad zone or touch screen and then moving your fingers apart. Two-finger slide (TouchPad only) Use the two-finger slide to move up, down, or sideways on a page or image. Place two fingers slightly apart on the TouchPad zone and then drag them up, down, left, or right. Two-finger tap (TouchPad only) Use the two-finger tap to open the menu for an object on the screen. NOTE: The two-finger tap performs the same function as right-clicking with the mouse. Tap two fingers on the TouchPad zone to open the options menu for the selected object. Four-finger tap (TouchPad only) Use the four-finger tap to open the action center. Using TouchPad and touch screen gestures 25 Tap four fingers on the Touchpad to open the action center and view current settings and notifications. Three-finger swipe (TouchPad only) Use the three-finger swipe to view open windows and to switch between open windows and the desktop. Swipe 3 fingers away from you to see all open windows. Swipe 3 fingers toward you to show the desktop. Swipe 3 fingers left or right to switch between open windows. 26 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen One-finger slide (touch screen only) Use the one-finger slide to pan or scroll through lists and pages, or to move an object. To scroll across the screen, lightly slide one finger across the screen in the direction you want to move. To move an object, press and hold your finger on an object, and then drag your finger to move the object. Using an optional keyboard or mouse An optional keyboard or mouse allows you to type, select items, scroll, and perform the same functions as you do using touch gestures. The keyboard also allows you to use action keys and hot keys to perform specific functions. Using an on-screen keyboard (select products only) 1. 2. To display an on-screen keyboard, tap the keyboard icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Begin typing. NOTE: Suggested words may be displayed above the on-screen keyboard. Tap a word to select it. NOTE: Action keys and hot keys do not display or function on the on-screen keyboard. Using an optional keyboard or mouse 27 6 Managing power Your computer can operate on either battery power or external power. When the computer is running on battery power and an external power source is not available to charge the battery, it is important to monitor and conserve the battery charge. Some power management features described in this chapter may not be available on your computer. Using Sleep and Hibernation CAUTION: Several well-known vulnerabilities exist when a computer is in the Sleep state. To prevent an unauthorized user from accessing data on your computer, even encrypted data, HP recommends that you always initiate Hibernation instead of Sleep anytime the computer will be out of your physical possession. This practice is particularly important when you travel with your computer. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of possible audio and video degradation, loss of audio or video playback functionality, or loss of information, do not initiate Sleep while reading from or writing to a disc or an external media card. Windows has two power-saving states, Sleep and Hibernation. SleepThe Sleep state is automatically initiated after a period of inactivity. Your work is saved to memory, allowing you to resume your work very quickly. You can also initiate Sleep manually. For more information, see Initiating and exiting Sleep on page 28. HibernationThe Hibernation state is automatically initiated if the battery reaches a critical level. In the Hibernation state, your work is saved to a hibernation file and the computer powers down. You can also initiate Hibernation manually. For more information, see Initiating and exiting Hibernation (select products only) on page 29. Initiating and exiting Sleep You can initiate Sleep in any of the following ways:

Close the display (select products only). Select the Start button, select the Power icon, and then select Sleep. Press the Sleep hot key; for example, fn+f3 (select products only). You can exit Sleep in any of the following ways:

Briefly press the power button. If the computer is closed, raise the display (select products only). Press a key on the keyboard (select products only). Tap the TouchPad (select products only). When the computer exits Sleep, your work returns to the screen. NOTE:

before your work returns to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on exiting Sleep, you must enter your Windows password 28 Chapter 6 Managing power Initiating and exiting Hibernation (select products only) You can enable user-initiated Hibernation and change other power settings and timeouts using Power Options. 1. Right-click the Power icon

, and then select Power Options. 2. 3. In the left pane, select Choose what the power buttons do (wording may vary by product). Depending on your product, you can enable Hibernation for battery power or external power in any of the following ways:

Power buttonUnder Power and sleep buttons and lid settings (wording may vary by product), select When I press the power button, and then select Hibernate. Sleep button (select products only)Under Power and sleep buttons and lid settings (wording may vary by product), select When I press the sleep button, and then select Hibernate. Lid (select products only)Under Power and sleep buttons and lid settings (wording may vary by product), select When I close the lid, and then select Hibernate. Power menuSelect Change Settings that are currently unavailable, and then, under Shutdown settings, select the Hibernate check box. The Power menu can be accessed by selecting the Start button. Select Save changes. 4. To initiate Hibernation, use the method that you enabled in step 3. To exit Hibernation, briefly press the power button. NOTE:

password before your work returns to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on exiting Hibernation, you must enter your Windows Shutting down (turning off) the computer CAUTION: Unsaved information is lost when the computer shuts down. Be sure to save your work before shutting down the computer. The Shut down command closes all open programs, including the operating system, and then turns off the display and the computer. Shut down the computer when it will be unused and disconnected from external power for an extended period. The recommended procedure is to use the Windows Shut down command. NOTE:

pressing the power button. If the computer is in the Sleep state or in Hibernation, first exit Sleep or Hibernation by briefly 1. 2. Save your work and close all open programs. Select the Start button, select the Power icon, and then select Shut down. Shutting down (turning off) the computer 29 If the computer is unresponsive and you are unable to use the preceding shutdown procedures, try the following emergency procedures in the sequence provided:

Press ctrl+alt+delete, select the Power icon, and then select Shut down. Press and hold the power button for at least 10 seconds. If your computer has a user-replaceable battery (select products only), disconnect the computer from external power, and then remove the battery. Using the Power icon and Power Options The Power icon is located on the Windows taskbar. The Power icon allows you to quickly access power settings and view the remaining battery charge. To view the percentage of remaining battery charge and the current power plan, place the mouse pointer over the Power icon

. To use Power Options, rightclick the Power icon

, and then select Power Options. Different Power icons indicate whether the computer is running on battery or external power. Placing the mouse pointer over the icon reveals a message if the battery has reached a low or critical battery level. Running on battery power WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased from HP. When a charged battery is in the computer and the computer is not plugged into external power, the computer runs on battery power. When the computer is off and unplugged from external power, the battery in the computer slowly discharges. The computer displays a message when the battery reaches a low or critical battery level. Computer battery life varies, depending on power management settings, programs running on the computer, screen brightness, external devices connected to the computer, and other factors. NOTE: When you disconnect external power, the display brightness is automatically decreased to conserve battery charge. Select computer products can switch between graphic modes to conserve battery charge. Using HP Fast Charge (select products only) The HP Fast Charge feature allows you to quickly charge your computer battery. Charging time may vary by

+/- 10%. Depending on your computer model and the HP AC adapter provided with your computer, HP Fast Charge operates in one of the following ways:

When the remaining battery charge is between zero and 50%, the battery will charge to 50% of full capacity in no more than 30 minutes. When the remaining battery charge is between zero and 90%, the battery will charge to 90% of full capacity in no more than 90 minutes. To use HP Fast Charge, shut down your computer, and then connect the AC adapter to your computer and to external power. 30 Chapter 6 Managing power Displaying battery charge To view the percentage of remaining battery charge and the current power plan, place the mouse pointer over the Power icon

. Finding battery information in HP Support Assistant (select products only) To access battery information:

1. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Select the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, select the Diagnostics and tools tab, and then select HP Battery Check. If HP Battery Check indicates that your battery should be replaced, contact support. 2. HP Support Assistant provides the following tools and information about the battery:

HP Battery Check Information about battery types, specifications, life cycles, and capacity Conserving battery power To conserve battery power and maximize battery life:

Lower the brightness of the display. Select the Power saver setting in Power Options. Turn off wireless devices when you are not using them. Disconnect unused external devices that are not plugged into an external power source, such as an external hard drive connected to a USB port. Stop, disable, or remove any external media cards that you are not using. Before you leave your work, initiate Sleep or shut down the computer. Identifying low battery levels When a battery that is the sole power source for the computer reaches a low or critical battery level, the following behavior occurs:

The battery light (select products only) indicates a low or critical battery level. or The Power icon shows a low or critical battery notification. NOTE:

on page 30. For additional information about the Power icon, see Using the Power icon and Power Options Running on battery power 31 The computer takes the following actions for a critical battery level:

If Hibernation is disabled and the computer is on or in the Sleep state, the computer remains briefly in the Sleep state and then shuts down and loses any unsaved information. If Hibernation is enabled and the computer is on or in the Sleep state, the computer initiates Hibernation. Resolving a low battery level Resolving a low battery level when external power is available Connect one of the following to the computer and to external power:

AC adapter Optional docking device or expansion product Optional power adapter purchased as an accessory from HP Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available Save your work and shut down the computer. Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation 1. 2. Connect the AC adapter to the computer and to external power. Exit Hibernation by pressing the power button. Factory-sealed battery To monitor the status of the battery, or if the battery is no longer holding a charge, run HP Battery Check in the HP Support Assistant app (select products only). 1. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Select the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, select the Diagnostics and tools tab, and then select HP Battery Check. If HP Battery Check indicates that your battery should be replaced, contact support. 2. The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Running on external power For information about connecting to external power, refer to the Setup Instructions poster provided in the computer box. The computer does not use battery power when the computer is connected to external power with an approved AC adapter or an optional docking device or expansion product. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or a compatible AC adapter purchased from HP. 32 Chapter 6 Managing power WARNING! Do not charge the computer battery while you are aboard aircraft. Connect the computer to external power under any of the following conditions:

When charging or calibrating a battery When installing or updating system software When updating the system BIOS When writing information to a disc (select products only) When running Disk Defragmenter on computers with internal hard drives When performing a backup or recovery When you connect the computer to external power:

The battery begins to charge. The screen brightness increases. The Power icon changes appearance. When you disconnect external power:

The computer switches to battery power. The screen brightness automatically decreases to conserve battery charge. The Power icon changes appearance. Running on external power 33 7 Maintaining your computer It is important to perform regular maintenance to keep your computer in optimal condition. This chapter explains how to use tools like Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. It also provides instructions for updating programs and drivers, steps to clean the computer, and tips for traveling with (or shipping) the computer. Improving performance You can improve the performance of your computer by performing regular maintenance tasks with tools such as Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. Using Disk Defragmenter HP recommends using Disk Defragmenter to defragment your hard drive at least once a month. NOTE:

It is not necessary to run Disk Defragmenter on solid-state drives. To run Disk Defragmenter:

1. 2. Connect the computer to AC power. Type defragment in the taskbar search box, and then select Defragment and Optimize Drives. Follow the on-screen instructions. 3. For additional information, access the Disk Defragmenter software Help. Using Disk Cleanup Use Disk Cleanup to search the hard drive for unnecessary files that you can safely delete to free up disk space and help the computer run more efficiently. To run Disk Cleanup:

1. Type disk in the taskbar search box, and then select Disk Cleanup. Follow the on-screen instructions. 2. Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select products only) HP 3D DriveGuard protects a hard drive by parking the drive and halting data requests under either of the following conditions:

You drop the computer. You move the computer with the display closed while the computer is running on battery power. A short time after the end of one of these events, HP 3D DriveGuard returns the hard drive to normal operation. NOTE: Only internal hard drives are protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. A hard drive installed in an optional docking device or connected to a USB port is not protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. NOTE: Because solid-state drives (SSDs) lack moving parts, HP 3D DriveGuard is unnecessary for these drives. 34 Chapter 7 Maintaining your computer For more information, see the HP 3D DriveGuard software Help. Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status The hard drive light on the computer changes color to show that the drive in a primary hard drive bay and/or the drive in a secondary hard drive bay (select products only) is parked. To determine whether a drive is currently protected or whether it is parked, view the icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Updating programs and drivers HP recommends that you update your programs and drivers on a regular basis. Updates can resolve issues and bring new features and options to your computer. For example, older graphics components might not work well with the most recent gaming software. Without the latest driver, you would not be getting the most out of your equipment. Go to http://www.hp.com/support to download the latest versions of HP programs and drivers. In addition, register to receive automatic notifications when updates become available. If you would like to update your programs and drivers, follow these instructions:

1. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, select the Updates tab, and then select Check for updates and messages. Follow the on-screen instructions. 2. 3. Cleaning your computer Use the following products to safely clean your computer:

Dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride 0.3 percent maximum concentration (for example, disposable wipes, which come in a variety of brands) Alcohol-free glass-cleaning fluid Solution of water and mild soap Dry microfiber cleaning cloth or a chamois (static-free cloth without oil) Static-free cloth wipes CAUTION: Avoid strong cleaning solvents that can permanently damage your computer. If you are not sure that a cleaning product is safe for your computer, check the product contents to make sure that ingredients such as alcohol, acetone, ammonium chloride, methylene chloride, and hydrocarbons are not included in the product. Fibrous materials, such as paper towels, can scratch the computer. Over time, dirt particles and cleaning agents can get trapped in the scratches. Cleaning procedures Follow the procedures in this section to safely clean your computer. Updating programs and drivers 35 WARNING! To prevent electric shock or damage to components, do not attempt to clean your computer while it is on. 1. 2. 3. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not spray cleaning agents or liquids directly on any computer surface. Liquids dripped on the surface can permanently damage internal components. Turn off the computer. Disconnect AC power. Disconnect all powered external devices. Cleaning the display Gently wipe the display using a soft, lint-free cloth moistened with an alcohol-free glass cleaner. Be sure that a display is dry before you close the computer. Cleaning the sides or cover To clean the sides or cover, use a soft microfiber cloth or chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously, or use an acceptable disposable wipe. NOTE: When cleaning the cover of the computer, use a circular motion to aid in removing dirt and debris. Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse (select products only) WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not allow liquids to drip between the keys. To clean the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse, use a soft microfiber cloth or a chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously or use an acceptable disposable wipe. To prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles from the keyboard, use a can of compressed air with a straw extension. Traveling with or shipping your computer If you have to travel with or ship your computer, follow these tips to keep your equipment safe. Prepare the computer for traveling or shipping:

Back up your information to an external drive. Remove all discs and all external media cards, such as memory cards. Turn off and then disconnect all external devices. Shut down the computer. Take along a backup of your information. Keep the backup separate from the computer. When traveling by air, carry the computer as hand luggage; do not check it in with the rest of your luggage. CAUTION: Avoid exposing a drive to magnetic fields. Security devices with magnetic fields include airport walk-through devices and security wands. Airport conveyer belts and similar security devices that check carry-on baggage use X-rays instead of magnetism and do not damage drives. 36 Chapter 7 Maintaining your computer If you plan to use the computer during a flight, listen for the in-flight announcement that tells you when you are allowed to use your computer. In-flight computer use is at the discretion of the airline. If you are shipping the computer or a drive, use suitable protective packaging and label the package FRAGILE. The use of wireless devices may be restricted in some environments. Such restrictions may apply aboard aircraft, in hospitals, near explosives, and in hazardous locations. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of a wireless device in your computer, ask for authorization to use your computer before you turn it on. If you are traveling internationally, follow these suggestions:

Check the computer-related customs regulations for each country or region on your itinerary. Check the power cord and adapter requirements for each location in which you plan to use the computer. Voltage, frequency, and plug configurations vary. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. Traveling with or shipping your computer 37 8 Securing your computer and information Computer security is essential for protecting the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of your information. Standard security solutions provided by the Windows operating system, HP applications, the Setup Utility

(BIOS), and other third-party software can help protect your computer from a variety of risks, such as viruses, worms, and other types of malicious code. IMPORTANT: Some security features listed in this chapter may not be available on your computer. Using passwords A password is a group of characters that you choose to secure your computer information and to protect online transactions. Several types of passwords can be set. For example, when you set up your computer for the first time, you were asked to create a user password to secure your computer. Additional passwords can be set in Windows or in HP Setup Utility (BIOS), which is preinstalled on your computer. You may find it helpful to use the same password for a Setup Utility (BIOS) feature and for a Windows security feature. To create and save passwords, use the following tips:

To reduce the risk of being locked out of the computer, record each password and store it in a secure place away from the computer. Do not store passwords in a file on the computer. When creating passwords, follow requirements set by the program. Change your passwords at least every 3 months. An ideal password is long and has letters, punctuation, symbols, and numbers. Before you send your computer for service, back up your files, delete confidential files, and then remove all password settings. For additional information about Windows passwords, such as screen-saver passwords:

Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Setting Windows passwords Password User password Administrator password Function Protects access to a Windows user account. Protects administrator-level access to computer contents. NOTE: This password cannot be used to access Setup Utility

(BIOS) contents. 38 Chapter 8 Securing your computer and information Setting Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords Password Administrator password Power-on password Function Must be entered each time you access Setup Utility (BIOS). If you forget your administrator password, you cannot access Setup Utility (BIOS). Must be entered each time you turn on or restart the computer. If you forget your power-on password, you cannot turn on or restart the computer. To set, change, or delete an administrator or power-on password in Setup Utility (BIOS):

CAUTION: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility (BIOS). Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. NOTE: To start Setup Utility, your computer must be in notebook mode and you must use the keyboard attached to your notebook. The on-screen keyboard, which displays in tablet mode, cannot access Setup Utility. 1. Start Setup Utility (BIOS):

Computers or tablets with keyboards:

Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f10. Tablets without keyboards:

1. Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the volume up button.

- or -

Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the volume down button.

- or -

Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the Windows button. Tap f10. 2. Select Security, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 2. Your changes take effect when the computer restarts. Using Windows Hello (select products only) On products equipped with a fingerprint reader or an infrared camera, you can use Windows Hello to sign in by swiping your finger or looking at the camera. To set up Windows Hello, follow these steps:

1. 2. Select the Start button, select Settings, select Accounts, and then select Sign-in options. Under Windows Hello, follow the on-screen instructions to add both a password and a numeric PIN, and then enroll your fingerprint or facial ID. NOTE: The PIN is not limited in length, but it must consist of numbers only. No alphabetic or special characters are allowed. Using Windows Hello (select products only) 39 Using Internet security software When you use your computer to access email, a network, or the Internet, you potentially expose your computer to computer viruses, spyware, and other online threats. To help protect your computer, Internet security software that includes antivirus and firewall features may be preinstalled on your computer as a trial offer. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses and other security risks, security software must be kept up to date. It is strongly recommended that you upgrade the security software trial offer or purchase the software of your choice in order to fully protect your computer. Using antivirus software Computer viruses can disable programs, utilities, or the operating system, or cause them to function abnormally. Antivirus software can detect most viruses, destroy them, and in most cases, repair any damage they have caused. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses, antivirus software must be kept up to date. An antivirus program may be preinstalled on your computer. It is strongly recommended that you use the antivirus program of your choice in order to fully protect your computer. For more information about computer viruses, type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Using firewall software Firewalls are designed to prevent unauthorized access to a system or network. A firewall can be software you install on your computer and/or network, or it can be a combination of both hardware and software. There are two types of firewalls to consider:

Host-based firewallsSoftware that protects only the computer it is installed on. Network-based firewallsInstalled between your DSL or cable modem and your home network to protect all the computers on the network. When a firewall is installed on a system, all data sent to and from the system is monitored and compared with a set of user-defined security criteria. Any data that does not meet those criteria is blocked. Installing software updates HP, Windows, and third-party software installed on your computer should be regularly updated to correct security problems and improve software performance. CAUTION: Microsoft sends out alerts regarding Windows updates, which may include security updates. To protect the computer from security breaches and computer viruses, install all updates from Microsoft as soon as you receive an alert. You can install these updates automatically. 40 Chapter 8 Securing your computer and information To view or change the settings:

1. 2. 3. Select the Start button, select Settings, and then select Update & security. Select Windows Update, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To schedule a time for installing updates, select Advanced options, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Using HP Managed Services (select products only) HP Managed Services is a cloud-based IT solution that enables businesses to effectively manage and secure their company assets. HP Managed Services helps protect devices against malware and other attacks, monitors device health, and helps reduce time spent solving device and security issues. You can quickly download and install the software, which is highly cost effective relative to traditional in-house solutions. For more information, go to https://www.hptouchpointmanager.com/. Securing your wireless network When you set up a WLAN or access an existing WLAN, always enable security features to protect your network from unauthorized access. WLANs in public areas (hotspots) like coffee shops and airports may not provide any security. Backing up your software applications and information Regularly back up your software applications and information to protect them from being permanently lost or damaged through a virus attack or a software or hardware failure. Using an optional security cable (select products only) A security cable (purchased separately) is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. To connect a security cable to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. Using HP Managed Services (select products only) 41 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) Setup Utility, or Basic Input/Output System (BIOS), controls communication between all the input and output devices on the system (such as disk drives, display, keyboard, mouse, and printer). Setup Utility (BIOS) includes settings for the types of devices installed, the startup sequence of the computer, and the amount of system and extended memory. NOTE: To start Setup Utility on convertible computers, your computer must be in notebook mode and you must use the keyboard attached to your notebook. Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) CAUTION: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility (BIOS). Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f10. Updating Setup Utility (BIOS) Updated versions of Setup Utility (BIOS) may be available on the HP website. Most BIOS updates on the HP website are packaged in compressed files called SoftPaqs. Some download packages contain a file named Readme.txt, which contains information regarding installing and troubleshooting the file. Determining the BIOS version To decide whether you need to update Setup Utility (BIOS), first determine the BIOS version on your computer. To reveal the BIOS version information (also known as ROM date and System BIOS), use one of these options. HP Support Assistant 1. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, and then select Specifications. 2. Setup Utility (BIOS) 1. 2. 3. Start Setup Utility (BIOS) (see Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) on page 42). Select Main, select System Information, and then make note of the BIOS version. Select Exit, select No, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To check for later BIOS versions, see Downloading a BIOS update on page 43. 42 Chapter 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) Downloading a BIOS update CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the computer or an unsuccessful installation, download and install a BIOS update only when the computer is connected to reliable external power using the AC adapter. Do not download or install a BIOS update while the computer is running on battery power, docked in an optional docking device, or connected to an optional power source. During the download and installation, follow these instructions:

Do not disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. Do not shut down the computer or initiate Sleep. Do not insert, remove, connect, or disconnect any device, cable, or cord. NOTE:

software updates, especially system BIOS updates. If your computer is connected to a network, consult the network administrator before installing any 1. 2. 3. 4. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Click Updates, and then click Check for updates and messages. Follow the on-screen instructions. At the download area, follow these steps:

a. Identify the most recent BIOS update and compare it to the BIOS version currently installed on your computer. If the update is more recent than your BIOS version, make a note of the date, name, or other identifier. You may need this information to locate the update later, after it has been downloaded to your hard drive. Follow the on-screen instructions to download your selection to the hard drive. Make a note of the path to the location on your hard drive where the BIOS update is downloaded. You will need to access this path when you are ready to install the update. b. BIOS installation procedures vary. Follow any instructions that appear on the screen after the download is complete. If no instructions appear, follow these steps:

1. Type file in the taskbar search box, and then select File Explorer. Click your hard drive designation. The hard drive designation is typically Local Disk (C:). Using the hard drive path you recorded earlier, open the folder that contains the update. Double-click the file that has an .exe extension (for example, filename.exe). The BIOS installation begins. Complete the installation by following the on-screen instructions. 2. 3. 4. 5. NOTE: After a message on the screen reports a successful installation, you can delete the downloaded file from your hard drive. Updating Setup Utility (BIOS) 43 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) HP PC Hardware Diagnostics is a Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) that allows you to run diagnostic tests to determine whether the computer hardware is functioning properly. The tool runs outside the operating system so that it can isolate hardware failures from issues that are caused by the operating system or other software components. When HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) detects a failure that requires hardware replacement, a 24-digit Failure ID code is generated. This ID code can then be provided to support to help determine how to correct the problem. NOTE: To start diagnostics on a convertible computer, your computer must be in notebook mode and you must use the keyboard attached. To start HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI), follow these steps:

1. 2. Turn on or restart the computer, and quickly press esc. Press f2. The BIOS searches three places for the diagnostic tools, in the following order:

a. Connected USB drive NOTE: To download the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) tool to a USB drive, see Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device on page 45. b. c. Hard drive BIOS 3. When the diagnostic tool opens, select the type of diagnostic test you want to run, and then follow the on-screen instructions. NOTE:

If you need to stop a diagnostic test, press esc. 44 Chapter 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device NOTE: The HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) download instructions are provided in English only, and you must use a Windows computer to download and create the HP UEFI support environment because only .exe files are offered. Go to http://www.hp.com/go/techcenter/pcdiags. The HP PC Diagnostics home page is displayed. In the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics section, select the Download link, and then select Run. There are two options to download HP PC Hardware Diagnostics to a USB device. Download the latest UEFI version 1. 2. Download any version of UEFI for a specific product 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Get software and drivers. Enter the product name or number. Select your computer, and then select your operating system. In the Diagnostic section, follow the on-screen instructions to select and download the UEFI version you want. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device 45 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering This chapter provides information about the following processes. The information in the chapter is standard procedure for most products. Creating recovery media and backups Restoring and recovering your system For additional information, refer to the HP Support Assistant app. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Select the question mark icon in the taskbar. If you will be performing recovery procedures on a tablet, the tablet battery must be at least IMPORTANT:

70% charged before you start the recovery process. IMPORTANT:

beginning any recovery process. For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the tablet to the keyboard base before Creating recovery media and backups The following methods of creating recovery media and backups are available on select products only. Choose the available method according to your computer model. Use HP Recovery Manager to create HP Recovery media after you successfully set up the computer. This step creates a backup of the HP Recovery partition on the computer. The backup can be used to reinstall the original operating system in cases where the hard drive is corrupted or has been replaced. For information on creating recovery media, see Using HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 46. For information on the recovery options that are available using the recovery media, see Using Windows tools on page 47. Use Windows tools to create system restore points and create backups of personal information. See Using Windows tools on page 47. NOTE:

If storage is 32 GB or less, Microsoft System Restore is disabled by default. On select products, use the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool to create a bootable USB flash drive for your HP recovery media. For more information, see Using the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool (select products only) on page 48. Using HP Recovery media (select products only) If possible, check for the presence of the Recovery partition and the Windows partition. Right-click the Start button, select File Explorer, and then select This PC. If your computer does not list the Windows partition and the Recovery partition, you can obtain recovery media for your system from support. You can find contact information on the HP website. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and follow the on-screen instructions. If your computer does list the Recovery partition and the Windows partition, you can use HP Recovery Manager to create recovery media after you successfully set up the computer. HP Recovery media can be 46 Chapter 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering used to perform system recovery if the hard drive becomes corrupted. System recovery reinstalls the original operating system and software programs that were installed at the factory and then configures the settings for the programs. HP Recovery media can also be used to customize the system or restore the factory image if you replace the hard drive. Only one set of recovery media can be created. Handle these recovery tools carefully, and keep them in a safe place. HP Recovery Manager examines the computer and determines the required storage capacity for the media that will be required. To create recovery discs, your computer must have an optical drive with DVD writer capability, and you must use only high-quality blank DVD-R, DVD+R, DVD-R DL, or DVD+R DL discs. Do not use rewritable discs such as CDRW, DVDRW, double-layer DVDRW, or BD-RE (rewritable Blu-ray) discs; they are not compatible with HP Recovery Manager software. Or, instead, you can use a high-

quality blank USB flash drive. If your computer does not include an integrated optical drive with DVD writer capability, but you would like to create DVD recovery media, you can use an external optical drive (purchased separately) to create recovery discs. If you use an external optical drive, it must be connected directly to a USB port on the computer; the drive cannot be connected to a USB port on an external device, such as a USB hub. If you cannot create DVD media yourself, you can obtain recovery discs for your computer from HP. You can find contact information on the HP website. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and follow the on-screen instructions. Be sure that the computer is connected to AC power before you begin creating the recovery media. The creation process can take an hour or more. Do not interrupt the creation process. If necessary, you can exit the program before you have finished creating all of the recovery DVDs. HP Recovery Manager will finish burning the current DVD. The next time you start HP Recovery Manager, you will be prompted to continue. To create HP Recovery media using HP recovery manager:

IMPORTANT:

beginning these steps. For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the tablet to the keyboard base before 1. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Create recovery media, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 2. If you ever need to recover the system, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 48. Using Windows tools You can create recovery media, system restore points, and backups of personal information using Windows tools. NOTE:

If storage is 32 GB or less, Microsoft System Restore is disabled by default. For more information and steps, see the Get Help app. Select the Start button, and then select the Get Help app. NOTE: You must be connected to the Internet to access the Get Help app. Creating recovery media and backups 47 Using the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool (select products only) To create HP Recovery media using the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool:

1. 2. Go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Software and Drivers, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Restore and recovery There are several options for recovering your system. Choose the method that best matches your situation and level of expertise:

IMPORTANT: Not all methods are available on all products. Windows offers several options for restoring from backup, refreshing the computer, and resetting the computer to its original state. For more information see the Get Help app. Select the Start button, and then select the Get Help app. NOTE: You must be connected to the Internet to access the Get Help app. If you need to correct a problem with a preinstalled application or driver, use the Reinstall drivers and/or applications option (select products only) of HP Recovery Manager to reinstall the individual application or driver. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, select HP Recovery Manager, select Reinstall drivers and/or applications, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If you want to recover the Windows partition to original factory content, you can choose the System Recovery option from the HP Recovery partition (select products only) or use the HP Recovery media. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 48. If you have not already created recovery media, see Using HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 46. On select products, if you want to recover the computer's original factory partition and content, or if you have replaced the hard drive, you can use the Factory Reset option of HP Recovery media. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 48. On select products, if you want to remove the Recovery partition to reclaim hard drive space, HP Recovery Manager offers the Remove Recovery Partition option. For more information, see Removing the HP Recovery partition (select products only) on page 50. Recovering using HP Recovery Manager HP Recovery Manager software allows you to recover the computer to its original factory state by using the HP Recovery media that you either created or that you obtained from HP, or by using the HP Recovery partition (select products only). If you have not already created recovery media, see Using HP Recovery media

(select products only) on page 46. What you need to know before you get started HP Recovery Manager recovers only software that was installed at the factory. For software not provided with this computer, you must either download the software from the manufacturer's website or reinstall the software from the media provided by the manufacturer. 48 Chapter 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering IMPORTANT: Recovery through HP Recovery Manager should be used as a final attempt to correct computer issues. HP Recovery media must be used if the computer hard drive fails. If you have not already created recovery media, see Using HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 46. To use the Factory Reset option (select products only), you must use HP Recovery media. If you have not already created recovery media, see Using HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 46. If your computer does not allow the creation of HP Recovery media or if the HP Recovery media does not work, you can obtain recovery media for your system from support. You can find contact information from the HP website. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and follow the on-screen instructions. IMPORTANT: HP Recovery Manager does not automatically provide backups of your personal data. Before beginning recovery, back up any personal data you want to retain. Using HP Recovery media, you can choose from one of the following recovery options:

NOTE: Only the options available for your computer display when you start the recovery process. System RecoveryReinstalls the original operating system, and then configures the settings for the programs that were installed at the factory. Factory ResetRestores the computer to its original factory state by deleting all information from the hard drive and re-creating the partitions. Then it reinstalls the operating system and the software that was installed at the factory. The HP Recovery partition (select products only) allows System Recovery only. Using the HP Recovery partition (select products only) The HP Recovery partition allows you to perform a system recovery without the need for recovery discs or a recovery USB flash drive. This type of recovery can be used only if the hard drive is still working. To start HP Recovery Manager from the HP Recovery partition:

IMPORTANT:

beginning these steps (select products only). For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the tablet to the keyboard base before 1. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, select HP Recovery Manager, and then select Windows Recovery Environment. or For computers or tablets with keyboards attached, press f11 while the computer boots, or press and hold f11 as you press the power button. For tablets without keyboards:

Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the volume up button; then select f11. or Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the volume down button; then select f11. 2. 3. Select Troubleshoot from the boot options menu. Select Recovery Manager, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Restore and recovery 49 Using HP Recovery media to recover You can use HP Recovery media to recover the original system. This method can be used if your system does not have an HP Recovery partition or if the hard drive is not working properly. 1. 2. If possible, back up all personal files. Insert the HP Recovery media, and then restart the computer. NOTE:

boot order. See Changing the computer boot order on page 50. If the computer does not automatically restart in HP Recovery Manager, change the computer 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Changing the computer boot order If your computer does not restart in HP Recovery Manager, you can change the computer boot order, which is the order of devices listed in BIOS where the computer looks for startup information. You can change the selection to an optical drive or a USB flash drive. To change the boot order:

IMPORTANT:

beginning these steps. For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the tablet to the keyboard base before 1. 2. Insert the HP Recovery media. Access the system Startup menu. For computers or tablets with keyboards attached:

Turn on or restart the computer or tablet, quickly press esc, and then press f9 for boot options. For tablets without keyboards:

Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the volume up button; then select f9. or Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the volume down button; then select f9. 3. 4. Select the optical drive or USB flash drive from which you want to boot. Follow the on-screen instructions. Removing the HP Recovery partition (select products only) HP Recovery Manager software allows you to remove the HP Recovery partition to free up hard drive space. IMPORTANT: After you remove the HP Recovery partition, you will not be able to perform System Recovery or create HP Recovery media from the HP Recovery partition. So before you remove the Recovery partition, create HP Recovery media; see Using HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 46. NOTE: The Remove Recovery Partition option is only available on products that support this function. Follow these steps to remove the HP Recovery partition:

1. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Remove Recovery Partition, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 2. 50 Chapter 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering 12 Specifications Input power The power information in this section may be helpful if you plan to travel internationally with the computer. The computer operates on DC power, which can be supplied by an AC or a DC power source. The AC power source must be rated at 100240 V, 5060 Hz. Although the computer can be powered from a standalone DC power source, it should be powered only with an AC adapter or a DC power source that is supplied and approved by HP for use with this computer. The computer can operate on DC power within the following specifications. Operating voltage and current varies by platform. The voltage and current for your computer is located on the regulatory label. Input power Rating Operating voltage and current 5 V dc @ 2 A / 12 V dc @ 3 A /15 V dc @ 3 A 45 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 10 V dc @ 3.75 A / 12 V dc @ 3.75 A / 15 V dc @ 3 A / 20 V dc @ 2.25 A 45 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3A / 10 V dc @ 5 A / 12 V dc @ 5 A / 15 V dc @ 4.33 A / 20 V dc @ 3.25 A 65 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 10 V dc @ 5 A / 12 V dc @ 5 A / 15 V dc @ 5 A / 20 V dc @ 4.5 A 90 W USB-C 19.5 V dc @ 2.31 A 45 W 19.5 V dc @ 3.33 A 65 W 19.5 V dc @ 4.62 A 90 W 19.5 V dc @ 6.15 A 120 W 19.5 V dc @ 7.70 A 150 W 19.5 V dc @ 10.3 A 200 W 19.5 V dc @ 11.8 A 230 W 19.5 V dc @ 16.92 A 330 W DC plug of external HP power supply (select products only) NOTE: This product is designed for IT power systems in Norway with phase-to-phase voltage not exceeding 240 V rms. Input power 51 Operating environment Factor Temperature Operating Nonoperating Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Metric U.S. 5C to 35C

-20C to 60C 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

41F to 95F

-4F to 140F 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

Operating Nonoperating

-15 m to 3,048 m

-15 m to 12,192 m

-50 ft to 10,000 ft

-50 ft to 40,000 ft 52 Chapter 12 Specifications 13 Electrostatic Discharge Electrostatic discharge is the release of static electricity when two objects come into contactfor example, the shock you receive when you walk across the carpet and touch a metal door knob. A discharge of static electricity from fingers or other electrostatic conductors may damage electronic components. To prevent damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of information, observe these precautions:

If removal or installation instructions direct you to unplug the computer, first be sure that it is properly grounded. Keep components in their electrostatic-safe containers until you are ready to install them. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Handle electronic components as little as possible. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before handling components, discharge static electricity by touching an unpainted metal surface. If you remove a component, place it in an electrostatic-safe container. 53 14 Accessibility HP designs, produces, and markets products and services that can be used by everyone, including people with disabilities, either on a stand-alone basis or with appropriate assistive devices. To access the latest information on HP accessibility, go to http://www.hp.com/accessibility. Supported assistive technologies HP products support a wide variety of operating system assistive technologies and can be configured to work with additional assistive technologies. Use the Search feature on your device to locate more information about assistive features. NOTE:

for that product. For additional information about a particular assistive technology product, contact customer support Contacting support We are constantly refining the accessibility of our products and services and welcome feedback from users. If you have an issue with a product or would like to tell us about accessibility features that have helped you, please contact us at +1 (888) 259-5707, Monday through Friday, 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. North American Mountain Time. If you are deaf or hard-of-hearing and use TRS/VRS/WebCapTel, contact us if you require technical support or have accessibility questions by calling +1 (877) 656-7058, Monday through Friday, 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. North American Mountain Time. NOTE: Support is in English only. 54 Chapter 14 Accessibility Index A AC adapter and battery light, C camera identifying 5 accessibility 54 action keys identifying 12, 13 using 14 airplane mode 17 airplane mode key 14, 17 antivirus software, using 40 audio 22 audio-out (headphone)/audio-in

(microphone) combo jack, identifying 6 B backing up software and information 41 backups 46 battery conserving power 31 discharging 31 factory-sealed 32 finding information 31 low battery levels 31 resolving low battery level 32 battery charge 31 battery information, finding 31 battery power 30 best practices 1 BIOS determining version 42 downloading an update 43 starting the Setup Utility 42 updating 42 Bluetooth device 17, 19 Bluetooth label 16 boot order changing 50 bottom 16 buttons left TouchPad 9 power 6 right TouchPad 9 identifying 8 using 21 camera light, identifying 8 caps lock light, identifying 10 caring for your computer 35 cleaning your computer 35 components bottom 15 display 8 left side 6 right side 5 connecting to a network 17 connecting to a wireless network 17 connecting to a WLAN 18 connecting to LAN 20 connector, power 5 corporate WLAN connection 18 critical battery level 32 D Disk Cleanup software 34 Disk Defragmenter software 34 E electrostatic discharge 53 esc key, identifying 12, 13 external power, using 32 F factory-sealed battery 32 fingerprint reader, identifying 5 fingerprints, registering 39 firewall software 40 fn key, identifying 12, 13 four-finger tap TouchPad gesture 25 G GPS 19 H headphones, connecting 21 headsets, connecting 22 Hibernation exiting 29 initiated during critical battery level 32 initiating 29 high-definition devices, connecting 23 HP 3D DriveGuard 34 HP Fast Charge 30 HP Mobile Broadband activating 19 IMEI number 19 MEID number 19 HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) using 44 HP Recovery Manager correcting boot problems 50 starting 49 HP Recovery media recovery 50 using 46 HP Recovery partition recovery 49 removing 50 HP resources 2 HP Touchpoint Manager 41 I IMEI number 19 initiating Sleep and Hibernation 28 input power 51 installing optional security cable 41 internal microphones, identifying 8 Internet security software, using 40 J jacks audio-out (headphone)/audio-in

(microphone) 6 K keyboard and optional mouse using 27 Index 55 keys action 12, 13 airplane mode 14 esc 12, 13 fn 12, 13 Windows 12, 13 L labels Bluetooth 16 regulatory 16 serial number 16 service 16 wireless certification 16 WLAN 16 lights AC adapter and battery light 5 caps lock 10 mute 10 power 6 locating information hardware 4 software 4 low battery level 31 M maintenance Disk Cleanup 34 Disk Defragmenter 34 HP 3D DriveGuard 34 updating programs and drivers 35 managing power 28 MEID number 19 MicroSD memory card reader, identifying 7 MicroSD memory card, identifying 7 minimized image recovery 49 minimized image, creating 48 Miracast 23 mobile broadband activating 19 IMEI number 19 MEID number 19 mute light, identifying 10 O one-finger slide touch screen gesture 27 operating environment 52 operating system controls 17 original system recovery 48 P passwords Setup Utility (BIOS) 39 Windows 38 ports Miracast 23 USB 3.x SuperSpeed port with HP Sleep and Charge 6 USB Type-C power connector and Thunderbolt port with HP Sleep and Charge 5 USB Type-C Thunderbolt 22 power battery 30 external 32 power button, identifying 6 power connector, identifying 5 Power icon, using 30 power light, identifying 6 power settings, using 30 privacy screen, identifying 14 product name and number, computer 16 public WLAN connection 18 R recover options 48 recovery discs 47, 50 HP Recovery Manager 48 media 50 starting 49 supported discs 47 system 48 USB flash drive 50 using HP Recovery media 47 recovery media creating using HP Recovery Manager 47 using 46 recovery partition removing 50 regulatory information regulatory label 16 wireless certification labels 16 S security cable, installing 41 serial number, computer 16 service labels, locating 16 Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords 39 shipping the computer 36 shutdown 29 Sleep exiting 28 initiating 28 Sleep and Hibernation initiating 28 slots MicroSD memory card reader 7 software Disk Cleanup 34 Disk Defragmenter 34 HP 3D DriveGuard 34 software updates, installing 40 sound settings, using 22 speakers connecting 21 identifying 11, 15 special keys, using 12 supported discs, recovery 47 system recovery 48 system restore point creating 47 system restore point, creating 46 T tap TouchPad and touch screen gesture 24 three-finger swipe TouchPad gesture 26 Thunderbolt port with HP Sleep and Charge, identifying USB Type-C 5 Thunderbolt, connecting USB Type-

C 22 touch screen gestures one-finger slide 27 TouchPad buttons 9 using 24 TouchPad and touch screen gestures tap 24 two-finger pinch zoom 25 TouchPad gestures four-finger tap 25 three-finger swipe 26 two-finger slide 25 two-finger tap 25 56 Index functional range 18 public WLAN connection 18 wireless network, securing 41 WLAN antennas, identifying 8 WLAN device 16 WLAN label 16 WWAN device 19 TouchPad zone, identifying 9 traveling with the computer 16, 36 turning off the computer 29 two-finger pinch zoom TouchPad and touch screen gesture 25 two-finger slide TouchPad gesture 25 two-finger tap TouchPad gesture 25 U unresponsive system 29 updating programs and drivers 35 USB 3.x SuperSpeed port with HP Sleep and Charge, identifying 6 USB Type-C port connecting 22 USB Type-C power connector and Thunderbolt port with HP Sleep and Charge, identifying 5 using external power 32 using passwords 38 using Power icon 30 using power settings 30 using sound settings 22 using the keyboard and optional mouse 27 using the TouchPad 24 V vents, identifying 15 video 22 W Windows system restore point 46, 47 Windows Hello using 39 Windows key, identifying 12, 13 Windows passwords 38 Windows tools using 47 wired network (LAN) 20 wireless button 17 wireless certification label 16 wireless controls button 17 operating system 17 wireless light 17 wireless network (WLAN) connecting 18 corporate WLAN connection 18 Index 57

User Guide Product notice Software terms This guide describes features that are common to most models. Some features may not be available on your computer. Not all features are available in all editions of Windows. This computer may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware, drivers and/or software to take full advantage of Windows functionality. Go to http://www.microsoft.com for details. To access the latest user guide, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and select your country. Select Drivers & Downloads, and then follow the on-screen instructions. By installing, copying, downloading, or otherwise using any software product preinstalled on this computer, you agree to be bound by the terms of the HP End User License Agreement (EULA). If you do not accept these license terms, your sole remedy is to return the entire unused product (hardware and software) within 14 days for a full refund, subject to the refund policy of your seller. For any further information or to request a full refund of the price of the computer, please contact your seller. Copyright 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: August 2014 Document Part Number: 765879-001 Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950). iii iv Safety warning notice Processor configuration setting (select models only) IMPORTANT: Select computer models are configured with an Intel Atom E3800 processor and a Windows operating system. On these models, do not change the processor configuration setting in msconfig.exe from 4 or 2 processors to 1 processor. If you do so, your computer will not restart. You will have to perform a factory reset to restore the original settings. v vi Processor configuration setting (select models only) Table of contents 1 Starting right ...................................................................................................................................................... 1 Visit the HP Apps Store ........................................................................................................................ 1 Best practices ....................................................................................................................................... 1 More HP resources .............................................................................................................................. 2 2 Getting to know your computer ......................................................................................................................... 4 Locating hardware ................................................................................................................................ 4 Locating software ................................................................................................................................. 4 Identifying components ........................................................................................................................ 5 Using the action keys ......................................................................................................................... 11 Labels ................................................................................................................................................. 12 3 Connecting to a network ................................................................................................................................. 14 Connecting to a wireless network ....................................................................................................... 14 Using the wireless controls ................................................................................................ 14 Wireless button ................................................................................................. 14 Operating system controls ................................................................................ 15 Connecting to a WLAN ...................................................................................................... 15 Using HP Mobile Broadband (select models only) ............................................................ 16 Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select models only) ..................................................... 16 Connecting to a wired networkLAN (select models only) ............................................................... 16 Sharing data and drives and accessing software ............................................................................... 17 Sharing media and data across your home group network (select models only) ............................... 17 4 Enjoying entertainment features ..................................................................................................................... 19 Using a webcam (select models only) ................................................................................................ 19 Using audio ........................................................................................................................................ 19 Connecting speakers ......................................................................................................... 19 Connecting headphones .................................................................................................... 19 Connecting a microphone .................................................................................................. 20 Connecting headsets ......................................................................................................... 20 Using Beats Audio (select models only) ............................................................................ 20 Accessing Beats Audio Control Panel ............................................................... 20 Enabling and disabling Beats Audio .................................................................. 20 Using video ......................................................................................................................................... 20 Connecting video devices by using a VGA cable (select models only) ............................. 21 vii Connecting video devices using an HDMI cable (select models only) .............................. 21 Setting up HDMI audio ...................................................................................... 22 Connecting digital display devices using a DisplayPort cable (select models only) .......... 23 Connecting Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select models only) .......................... 24 5 Navigating the screen ..................................................................................................................................... 25 Using the TouchPad and touch screen gestures ............................................................................... 25 Tap ..................................................................................................................................... 25 Two-finger scroll ................................................................................................................ 25 Two-finger pinch zoom ...................................................................................................... 26 Two-finger click .................................................................................................................. 26 Right-edge swipe ............................................................................................................... 26 Left-edge swipe ................................................................................................................. 27 Top-edge swipe and bottom-edge swipe ........................................................................... 27 One-finger slide (touch screen only) .................................................................................. 27 Using a keyboard and optional mouse ............................................................................................... 28 6 Managing power ............................................................................................................................................. 29 Initiating and exiting Sleep and Hibernation ....................................................................................... 29 Manually initiating and exiting Sleep .................................................................................. 30 Manually initiating and exiting Hibernation (select models only) ....................................... 30 Setting password protection on wakeup (exiting Sleep or Hibernation) ............................ 30 Using the power meter and power settings ........................................................................................ 31 Running on battery power .................................................................................................................. 31 Factory-sealed battery (select models only) ...................................................................... 31 User-replaceable battery (select models only) .................................................................. 32 Finding battery information ................................................................................................ 32 Conserving battery power .................................................................................................. 33 Resolving a low battery level ............................................................................................. 33 Resolving a low battery level when external power is available ........................ 33 Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available ..................... 33 Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation ....... 33 Storing a user-replaceable battery (select models only) .................................................... 33 Disposing of a user-replaceable battery (select models only) ........................................... 34 Running on AC power ........................................................................................................................ 34 Troubleshooting power problems ...................................................................................... 35 Shutting down (turning off) the computer ........................................................................................... 35 7 Maintaining your computer .............................................................................................................................. 37 Improving performance ...................................................................................................................... 37 viii Using Disk Defragmenter ................................................................................................... 37 Using Disk Cleanup ........................................................................................................... 37 Updating programs and drivers .......................................................................................................... 37 Cleaning your computer ..................................................................................................................... 38 Cleaning procedures .......................................................................................................... 38 Cleaning the display .......................................................................................... 38 Cleaning the sides or cover ............................................................................... 39 Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse (select models only) .................. 39 Traveling with or shipping your computer ........................................................................................... 39 8 Securing your computer and information ........................................................................................................ 41 Using passwords ................................................................................................................................ 41 Setting Windows passwords .............................................................................................. 41 Setting Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords ............................................................................. 42 Using the fingerprint reader (select models only) ............................................................................... 42 Using Internet security software ......................................................................................................... 42 Using antivirus software ..................................................................................................... 43 Using firewall software ....................................................................................................... 43 Installing software updates ................................................................................................................. 43 Installing critical security updates ....................................................................................................... 43 Securing your wireless network .......................................................................................................... 44 Backing up your software applications and information ..................................................................... 44 Using an optional security cable lock ................................................................................................. 44 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) ............................................................................................................................... 45 Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) ............................................................................................................... 45 Updating the BIOS ............................................................................................................................. 45 Determining the BIOS version ........................................................................................... 45 Downloading a BIOS update ............................................................................................. 46 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) ................................................................................................. 47 Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device ................................................ 47 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering .......................................................................................................... 49 Creating recovery media and backups (select models only) .............................................................. 49 Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) ........................................................... 49 Using Windows tools ......................................................................................................... 50 Restore and recover (select models only) .......................................................................................... 50 Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) ......................................... 51 What you need to know ..................................................................................... 51 ix Using the HP Recovery partition (select models only) ...................................... 52 Using HP Recovery media to recover ............................................................... 52 Changing the computer boot order ................................................................... 52 12 Specifications ................................................................................................................................................ 53 Input power ......................................................................................................................................... 53 Operating environment ....................................................................................................................... 54 13 Electrostatic Discharge ................................................................................................................................. 55 Index ................................................................................................................................................................... 56 x 1 Starting right This computer is a powerful tool designed to enhance your work and entertainment. Read this chapter to learn about best practices after you set up your computer and about where to find additional HP resources. Visit the HP Apps Store The HP Apps Store offers a wide choice of popular games, entertainment and music apps, productivity apps, and apps exclusive to HP that you can download to the Start screen. The selection is updated regularly and includes regional content and country-specific offers. Be sure to check the HP Apps Store frequently for new and updated features. IMPORTANT: You must be connected to the Internet to access the HP Apps Store. To view and download an app:

1. 2. From the Start screen, select the Store app. Select HP picks to view all the available apps. NOTE: HP picks is available in select countries only. 3. Select the app you want to download, and then follow the on-screen instructions. When the download is complete, the app appears on the All apps screen. Best practices After you set up and register the computer, we recommend the following steps to get the most out of your smart investment:

Back up your hard drive by creating recovery media. See Backing up, restoring, and recovering on page 49. If you havent already done so, connect to a wired or wireless network. See details in Connecting to a network on page 14. Become familiar with the computer hardware and software. For more information, see Getting to know your computer on page 4 and Enjoying entertainment features on page 19. Update or purchase antivirus software. See Using antivirus software on page 43. Visit the HP Apps Store 1 More HP resources To locate resources that provide product details, how-to information, and more, use this table. Resource Setup Instructions Help and Support To access Help and Support:

From the Start screen, type help, and then from the Search window, select Help and Support. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/go/

contactHP. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/

wwcontact_us.html. Worldwide support To get support in your language, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/

wwcontact_us.html. Safety & Comfort Guide To access this guide:

1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. 2. Select My computer, and then select User guides. or Go to http://www.hp.com/ergo. Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices To access this document:

1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. 2. Select My computer, and then select User guides. Limited Warranty*

To access this document:

1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Contents Overview of computer setup and features A broad range of how-to information and troubleshooting tips Online chat with an HP technician Support telephone numbers HP service center locations Proper workstation setup Guidelines for posture and work habits that increase your comfort and decrease your risk of injury Electrical and mechanical safety information Important regulatory notices, including information about proper battery disposal Specific warranty information about this computer 2 Chapter 1 Starting right Resource Contents From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. 2. Select My computer, and then select Warranty and services. or Go to http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments.

*You can find the expressly provided HP Limited Warranty applicable to your product located with the user guides on your computer and/or on the CD/DVD provided in the box. In some countries/regions, HP may provide a printed HP Limited Warranty in the box. For countries/regions where the warranty is not provided in printed format, you may request a printed copy from http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments or write to:

North America: Hewlett-Packard, MS POD, 11311 Chinden Blvd., Boise, ID 83714, USA Europe, Middle East, Africa: Hewlett-Packard, POD, Via G. Di Vittorio, 9, 20063, Cernusco s/Naviglio (MI), Italy Asia Pacific: Hewlett-Packard, POD, P.O. Box 200, Alexandra Post Office, Singapore 911507 When you request a printed copy of your warranty, please include your product number, warranty period (found on your service label), name, and postal address. IMPORTANT: Do NOT return your HP product to the addresses above. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/go/

contactHP. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/wwcontact_us.html. More HP resources 3 2 Getting to know your computer Locating hardware To find out what hardware is installed on your computer:

1. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select Control Panel. Select System and Security, select System, and then click Device Manager in the left column. A list displays all the devices installed on your computer. 2. For information about system hardware components and the system BIOS version number, press fn

+esc (select models only). Locating software To find out what software is installed on your computer:

From the Start screen, click the down arrow in the lower-left corner of the screen. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select Programs and Features. 4 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Identifying components Depending on the model, your computer may have some of the following components. To see which components are specific to your model, refer to the Setup Instructions poster provided in the computer box. Component Description AC adapter light On: The AC adapter is connected and the battery is charged. Off: The computer is using battery power. or White: The computer is connected to external power and the battery is charged from 90 to 99 percent. Amber: The computer is connected to external power and the battery is charged from 0 to 90 percent. Blinking amber: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery level. When the battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begins blinking rapidly. Off: The battery is fully charged. Accessory battery connector Connects an optional accessory battery. Action keys Execute frequently used system functions. Airplane mode key (also referred to as the wireless button) NOTE: On select models, the f5 action key turns the radiance backlight keyboard (also known as keyboard backlight) feature off or on. Turns the airplane mode and wireless feature on or off. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up before a wireless connection is possible. Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional computer headset microphone, stereo array microphone, or monaural microphone. Audio-out (headphone) jack Connects optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbuds, a headset, or a television audio cable. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before using headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this document:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. NOTE: When a device is connected to a headphone jack, the computer speakers are disabled. Identifying components 5 Component Description Audio-out (headphone)/Audio-in

(microphone) jack Connects optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbuds, a headset, or a television audio cable. Also connects an optional headset microphone. This jack does not support optional microphone-only devices. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, refer to the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices. To access this document:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. NOTE: When a device is connected to the jack, the computer speakers are disabled. NOTE: Be sure that the device cable has a 4-conductor connector that supports both audio-out (headphone) and audio-in (microphone). Battery bay Battery lock Holds the battery. Locks the battery in the battery bay. Battery release latch Releases the battery. Bluetooth compartment Contains a Bluetooth device. Caps lock light DisplayPort On: Caps lock is on, which switches the keys to all capital letters. Connects an optional digital display device, such as a high-

performance monitor or projector. Docking connector Connects an optional docking device. esc key Displays system information when pressed in combination with the fn key. External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or projector. Fingerprint reader fn key Allows a fingerprint logon to Windows, instead of a password logon. Executes frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with the esc key, or on select models, the b key or the spacebar. 6 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Component Description Hard drive light HDMI port Blinking white: The hard drive is being accessed. Amber: HP 3D DriveGuard has temporarily parked the hard drive. Connects an optional video or audio device, such as a high-

definition television, any compatible digital or audio component, or a high-speed High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) device. HP Triple Bass Reflex Subwoofer Provides superior bass sound. Integrated numeric keypad Internal display switch Internal microphones Left control zone Left TouchPad button Memory card reader Mute light num lock key Optical drive Power button When num lock is on, it can be used like an external numeric keypad. Turns off the display and initiates Sleep if the display is closed while the power is on. NOTE: The internal display switch is not visible from the outside of the computer. Record sound. Textured area that allows you to perform additional gestures. Functions like the left button on an external mouse. Reads optional memory cards that enable you to store, manage, share or access information. To insert a card:

Hold the card label-side up, with connectors facing the slot, insert the card into the slot, and then push in on the card until it is firmly seated. To remove a card:

Press in on the card it until it pops out. Amber: Computer sound is off. Off: Computer sound is on. Alternates between the navigational and numeric functions on the integrated numeric keypad. Depending on your computer model, reads an optical disc or reads and writes to an optical disc. NOTE: For disc compatibility information, go to the Help and Support web page (see More HP resources on page 2). Follow the web page instructions to select your computer model. Select Drivers & Downloads, and then follow the on-

screen instructions. When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. Identifying components 7 Component Description When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hibernation. CAUTION: Pressing and holding down the power button will result in the loss of unsaved information. If the computer has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button down for at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. To learn more about your power settings, see your power options. From the Start screen, type power, select Power and sleep settings, and then select Power and sleep from the list of applications. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select Power Options. Connects an AC adapter. On: The computer is on. Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state, a power-

saving state. The computer shuts off power to the display and other components. Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. Hibernation is a power-saving state that uses the least amount of power. Textured area that allows you to perform additional gestures. Power connector Power light Right control zone Right TouchPad button Functions like the right button on an external mouse. RJ-45 (network) jack/status lights Connects a network cable. White: The network is connected. Amber: Activity is occurring on the network. Security cable slot Attaches an optional security cable to the computer. Service door NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. Provides access to the hard drive bay, the wireless local area network (WLAN) module slot, the wireless wide area network (WWAN) module slot, and the memory module slots. 8 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Component Description CAUTION: To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module authorized for use in the computer by the governmental agency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then receive a warning message, remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then contact support through Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support.

- or -

From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Service door release latch Releases the service door. SIM slot Speakers TouchPad light TouchPad zone USB 2.0 charging (powered) port USB 2.0 port USB 3.0 charging (powered) port USB 3.0 port Vents Supports a wireless subscriber identity module (SIM). The SIM slot is located inside the battery bay. Produce sound. On: The TouchPad is off. Reads your finger gestures to move the pointer or activate items on the screen. NOTE: The TouchPad also supports edge-swipe gestures. Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Standard USB ports will not charge all USB devices or will charge using a low current. Some USB devices require power and require you to use a powered port. NOTE: USB charging ports can also charge select models of cell phones and MP3 players, even when the computer is off. Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Standard USB ports will not charge all USB devices or will charge using a low current. Some USB devices require power and require you to use a powered port. NOTE: USB charging ports can also charge select models of cell phones and MP3 players, even when the computer is off. Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Enable airflow to cool internal components. Identifying components 9 Component Description Webcam NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. The number of vents varies depending on the computer model. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. Records video and captures photographs. Some models allow you to video conference and chat online using streaming video. To use the webcam:

From the Start screen, type camera, and then select Camera from the list of applications. or From the Windows desktop, click the Start button, click All Programs to find your webcam software. Webcam light On: The webcam is in use. Windows application key Displays options for a selected object. Windows key Wireless light WLAN antennas WWAN antennas Returns you to the Start screen from an open app or the Windows desktop. NOTE: Pressing the Windows key again will return you to the previous screen. On: An integrated wireless device, such as a WLAN device and/or a Bluetooth device, is on. NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with WLANs. NOTE: The antennas are not visible from the outside of the computer. For optimal transmission, keep the areas immediately around the antennas free from obstructions. For wireless regulatory notices, see the section of the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices that applies to your country or region. To access this document:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with WWANs. 10 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Component Description NOTE: The antennas are not visible from the outside of the computer. For optimal transmission, keep the areas immediately around the antennas free from obstructions. For wireless regulatory notices, see the section of the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices that applies to your country or region. To access this document:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Using the action keys Depending on the model, your computer may have the function key features as described in this table. An action key performs an assigned function. The icon on each of the action keys illustrates the assigned function for that key. To use an action key function, press and hold the key. CAUTION: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility (BIOS). Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. NOTE: The action key feature is enabled at the factory. You can disable this feature in Setup Utility

(BIOS). Refer to Help and Support for additional information. After you have disabled the action key feature, you can still perform each function by pressing the fn key in combination with the appropriate action key. Icon Description Opens Help and Support, which provides tutorials, information about the Windows operating system and your computer, answers to questions, and updates to your computer. Help and Support also provides automated troubleshooting tools and access to support. Decreases the screen brightness incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Increases the screen brightness incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Switches the screen image between display devices connected to the system. For example, if a monitor is connected to the computer, repeatedly pressing this key alternates the screen image from the computer display to the monitor display to a simultaneous display on both the computer and the monitor. Turns the radiance backlight keyboard (also known as keyboard backlight) feature off or on. NOTE: To conserve battery power, turn off this feature. Using the action keys 11 Icon Description Plays the previous track of an audio CD or the previous section of a DVD or a BD. Begins, pauses, or resumes playback of an audio CD, a DVD, or a BD. Plays the next track of an audio CD or the next section of a DVD or a BD. Stops audio or video playback of a CD, a DVD, or a BD. Decreases speaker volume incrementally while you hold down the key. Increases speaker volume incrementally while you hold down the key. Mutes or restores speaker sound. Turns the wireless feature on or off. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up before a wireless connection is possible. Turns the airplane mode and wireless feature on or off. NOTE: The airplane mode key is also referred to as the wireless button. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up before a wireless connection is possible. Labels The labels affixed to the computer provide information you may need when you troubleshoot system problems or travel internationally with the computer. IMPORTANT: Check the following locations for the labels described in this section: the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay, under the removable service door, or on the back of the display. Service labelProvides important information to identify your computer. When contacting support, you will probably be asked for the serial number, and possibly for the product number or the model number. Locate these numbers before you contact support. Your service label will resemble one of the examples shown below. Refer to the illustration that most closely matches the service label on your computer. 12 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Component

(1)

(2) Serial number Product number

(3) Warranty period

(4) Model number (select models only) Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity label (select models only prior to Windows 8)Contains the Windows Product Key. You may need the Product Key to update or troubleshoot the operating system. HP platforms with Windows 8 or Windows 8.x preinstalled do not have the physical label. Instead a Digital Product Key is electronically installed. NOTE: The Digital Product Key is automatically recognized and activated by Microsoft operating systems when a Windows 8 or Windows 8.x operating system is reinstalled using HP-

approved recovery methods. Regulatory label(s)Provide(s) regulatory information about the computer. Wireless certification label(s)Provide(s) information about optional wireless devices and the approval markings for the countries or regions in which the devices have been approved for use. Labels 13 3 Connecting to a network Your computer can travel with you wherever you go. But even at home, you can explore the globe and access information from millions of websites using your computer and a wired or wireless network connection. This chapter will help you get connected to that world. Connecting to a wireless network Your computer may be equipped with one or more of the following wireless devices:

WLAN deviceConnects the computer to wireless local area networks (commonly referred to as Wi-Fi networks, wireless LANs, or WLANs) in corporate offices, your home, and public places such as airports, restaurants, coffee shops, hotels, and universities. In a WLAN, the mobile wireless device in your computer communicates with a wireless router or a wireless access point. HP Mobile Broadband ModuleGives you wireless connectivity over a wireless wide area network (WWAN), a much larger area. Mobile network operators install base stations (similar to cell phone towers) throughout large geographic areas, effectively providing coverage across entire states, regions, or even countries. Bluetooth deviceCreates a personal area network (PAN) to connect to other Bluetooth-

enabled devices such as computers, phones, printers, headsets, speakers, and cameras. In a PAN, each device communicates directly with other devices, and devices must be relatively close togethertypically within 10 meters (approximately 33 feet) of each other. For more information about wireless technology, the Internet, and networking, see the information and website links provided in Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Using the wireless controls You can control the wireless devices in your computer using one or more of these features:

Wireless button or wireless key (also called the airplane mode key) (referred to in this chapter as the wireless button) Operating system controls Wireless button The computer has a wireless button, one or more wireless devices, and, on select models, one or two wireless lights. All the wireless devices on your computer are enabled at the factory. If your computer has a wireless light, the wireless light is on (white) when your computer is on. The wireless light indicates the overall power state of your wireless devices, not the status of individual devices. If the wireless light is white, at least one wireless device is on. If the wireless light is off, all wireless devices are off. 14 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. Because the wireless devices are enabled at the factory, you can use the wireless button to turn on or turn off all the wireless devices simultaneously. Operating system controls The Network and Sharing Center allows you to set up a connection or network, connect to a network, and diagnose and repair network problems. To use operating system controls:

1. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select Control Panel. Select Network and Internet, and then select Network and Sharing Center. 2. For more information, see the information provided in Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Connecting to a WLAN To connect to a WLAN, follow these steps:

1. Be sure that the WLAN device is on. On select models, if the device is on, the wireless light is white. If the wireless light is off, press the wireless button. NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. 2. From the Start screen or the Windows desktop, point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the display to reveal the charms. Select Settings, and then click the network status icon. Select your WLAN from the list. 3. 4. 5. Click Connect. If the WLAN is a security-enabled WLAN, you are prompted to enter a security code. Type the code, and then click Next to complete the connection. NOTE:

If no WLANs are listed, you may be out of range of a wireless router or access point. NOTE:

If you do not see the WLAN you want to connect to, from the Windows desktop, right-

click the network status icon, and then select Open Network and Sharing Center. Click Set up a new connection or network. A list of options is displayed, allowing you to manually search for and connect to a network or to create a new network connection. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the connection. 6. After the connection is made, place the mouse pointer over the network status icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, to verify the name and status of the connection. Connecting to a wireless network 15 NOTE: The functional range (how far your wireless signals travel) depends on WLAN implementation, router manufacturer, and interference from other electronic devices or structural barriers such as walls and floors. Using HP Mobile Broadband (select models only) HP Mobile Broadband enables your computer to use WWANs to access the Internet from more places and over larger areas than it can by using WLANs. Using HP Mobile Broadband requires a network service provider (called a mobile network operator), which in most cases is a cellular phone network operator. Coverage for HP Mobile Broadband is similar to cellular phone voice coverage. When used with a mobile network operator service, HP Mobile Broadband gives you the freedom to stay connected to the Internet, send email, or connect to your corporate network whether you are on the road or outside the range of Wi-Fi hotspots. You might need the HP Mobile Broadband Module IMEI and/or MEID number to activate mobile broadband service.The serial number is printed on a label located on the bottom of your computer. Some mobile network operators require the use of a subscriber identity module (SIM). A SIM contains basic information about you, such as a personal identification number (PIN), as well as network information. Some computers include a SIM that is preinstalled in the battery bay. If the SIM is not preinstalled, it may be included with the HP Mobile Broadband documents provided with your computer, or the mobile network operator may provide it separately from the computer. For information about HP Mobile Broadband and how to activate service with a preferred mobile network operator, see the HP Mobile Broadband documents included with your computer. Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select models only) A Bluetooth device provides short-range wireless communications that replace the physical cable connections that traditionally link electronic devices such as the following:

Computers (desktop, notebook) Phones (cellular, cordless, smartphone) Imaging devices (printer, camera) Audio devices (headset, speakers) Mouse Bluetooth devices provide peer-to-peer capability that allows you to set up a PAN of Bluetooth devices. For information about configuring and using Bluetooth devices, see the Bluetooth software Help. External keyboard Connecting to a wired networkLAN (select models only) Use a LAN connection if you want to connect the computer directly to a router in your home (instead of working wirelessly), or if you want to connect to an existing network at your office. Connecting to a LAN requires an 8-pin, RJ-45 (network) cable and a network jack on the computer. To connect the network cable, follow these steps:

1. Plug the network cable into the network jack (1) on the computer. 16 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network 2. Plug the other end of the network cable into a network wall jack (2) or router. If the network cable contains noise suppression circuitry (3), which prevents NOTE:

interference from TV and radio reception, orient the circuitry end of the cable toward the computer. Sharing data and drives and accessing software When your computer is part of a network, you are not limited to using only the information that is stored in your computer. Computers connected to the network can exchange software and data with each other. For more information about sharing files, folders, or drives, see the information provided in Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. NOTE: When a disc like a DVD movie or game is copy-protected, it cannot be shared. Sharing media and data across your home group network

(select models only) Use sMedio 360 software (select models only) to share media and data between the devices on your home group network. Before you can use sMedio 360, all of your computers and mobile devices must be on the same home group network and media sharing must be enabled. NOTE: For details on how to enable media sharing on additional devices, refer to the device manufacturer's instructions. 1. To set up a home group network:

From the Start screen, click the sMedio 360 app, and then click Tutorial. To enable media sharing on your computer:

2. Sharing data and drives and accessing software 17 a. From the Start screen or the Windows desktop, point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the display to reveal the charms. Select Settings, and then click the network status icon. b. c. Right-click the network you are connected to, and then select the check box to turn on sharing. 18 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network 4 Enjoying entertainment features Use your HP computer as an entertainment hub to socialize via the webcam, enjoy and manage your music, and download and watch movies. Or, to make your computer an even more powerful entertainment center, connect external devices like a monitor, projector, or TV, or speakers and headphones. Using a webcam (select models only) The computer has an integrated webcam that records video and captures photographs. Some models may allow you to video conference and chat online using streaming video. To start the webcam, from the Start screen, type camera, and then select Camera from the list of applications. For details about using the webcam, go to Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Using audio On your computer, or on select models using an external optical drive, you can play music CDs, download and listen to music, stream audio content from the web (including radio), record audio, or mix audio and video to create multimedia. To enhance your listening enjoyment, attach external audio devices such as speakers or headphones. Connecting speakers You can attach wired speakers to your computer by connecting them to a USB port or to the audio-

out (headphone) jack on your computer or on a docking station. To connect wireless speakers to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. To connect high-definition speakers to the computer, see Setting up HDMI audio on page 22. Before connecting speakers, lower the volume setting. Connecting headphones WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this document, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. You can connect wired headphones to the headphone jack or to the audio-out (headphone)/audio-in

(microphone) combo jack on your computer. To connect wireless headphones to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. Using a webcam (select models only) 19 Connecting a microphone To record audio, connect a microphone to the microphone jack on the computer. For best results when recording, speak directly into the microphone and record sound in a setting free of background noise. Connecting headsets WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this document, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Headphones combined with a microphone are called headsets. You can connect wired headsets to the audio-out (headphone)/audio-in (microphone) jack on your computer. To connect wireless headsets to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. Using Beats Audio (select models only) Beats Audio is an enhanced audio feature that provides a deep, controlled bass while maintaining a clear sound. You can experience Beats Audio through the computer's internal speakers, through external speakers connected to a USB port, or through Beats Audio headphones connected to the headphone jack. Accessing Beats Audio Control Panel Use Beats Audio Control Panel to view and manually control audio and bass settings. 1. From the Start screen, type control panel, select Control Panel, select Hardware and Sound, and then select Beats Audio Control Panel. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select Control Panel. Select Hardware and Sound, and then select Beats Audio Control Panel. 2. Enabling and disabling Beats Audio To enable or disable Beats Audio, press the fn key in combination with the b key. Using video Your computer is a powerful video device that enables you to watch streaming video from your favorite websites and download video and movies to watch on your computer when you are not connected to a network. To enhance your viewing enjoyment, use one of the video ports on the computer to connect an external monitor, projector, or TV. IMPORTANT: Be sure that the external device is connected to the correct port on the computer, using the correct cable. Follow the device manufacturer's instructions. For information on using your video features, refer to Help and Support. 20 Chapter 4 Enjoying entertainment features Connecting video devices by using a VGA cable (select models only) NOTE: To connect a VGA video device to your computer, you need an VGA cable, purchased separately. To see the computer screen image on an external VGA monitor or projected for a presentation, connect a monitor or projector to the computer's VGA port. 1. Connect the VGA cable from the monitor or projector to the VGA port on the computer as shown. 2. Press f4 to alternate the screen image between 4 display states:

PC Screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and the external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across the computer and the external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press f4, the display state changes. NOTE: For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Appearance and Personalization. Under Display, select Adjust screen resolution. Connecting video devices using an HDMI cable (select models only) NOTE: To connect an HDMI device to your computer, you need an HDMI cable, purchased separately. To see the computer screen image on a high-definition TV or monitor, connect the high-definition device according to the following instructions:

1. Connect one end of the HDMI cable to the HDMI port on the computer. Using video 21 2. Connect the other end of the cable to the high-definition TV or monitor. 3. Press f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states:

PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and the external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across the computer and the external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press f4, the display state changes. NOTE: For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Appearance and Personalization. Under Display, select Adjust screen resolution. Setting up HDMI audio HDMI is the only video interface that supports high-definition video and audio. After you connect an HDMI TV to the computer, you can then turn on HDMI audio by following these steps:

1. From the Windows desktop, right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then select Playback devices. 2. On the Playback tab, select the name of the digital output device. 3. Click Set Default, and then click OK. To return the audio stream to the computer speakers:

1. From the Windows desktop, right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click Playback devices. 2. On the Playback tab, click Speakers. 3. Click Set Default, and then click OK. 22 Chapter 4 Enjoying entertainment features Connecting digital display devices using a DisplayPort cable (select models only) NOTE: To connect a digital display device to your computer, you need a DisplayPort (DP-DP) cable, purchased separately. The DisplayPort connects a digital display device such as a high-performance monitor or projector. The DisplayPort delivers higher performance than the VGA external monitor port and improves digital connectivity. 1. Connect one end of the DisplayPort cable to the DisplayPort on the computer. 2. Connect the other end of the cable to the digital display device. 3. Press f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states:

PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the same screen image simultaneously on both the computer and the external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across the computer and the external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press f4, the display state changes. NOTE: For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Appearance and Personalization. Under Display, select Adjust screen resolution. Using video 23 Connecting Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select models only) To discover and connect to Miracast-compatible wireless displays, follow the steps below. To open Miracast:

Point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the Start screen or the Windows desktop to display the charms, click Devices, click Project, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or On select computer models, from the Start screen, click the HP Quick Access to Miracast icon, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 24 Chapter 4 Enjoying entertainment features 5 Navigating the screen To quickly return to the Start screen, press the Windows key on a keyboard or the Windows button on a tablet. You can navigate the computer screen in the following ways:

Touch gestures Keyboard and optional mouse (purchased separately) NOTE: An external USB mouse (purchased separately) can be connected to a USB ports on the computer. Using the TouchPad and touch screen gestures The TouchPad helps you navigate the computer screen and control the pointer using simple touch gestures. To navigate the touchscreen, you can use the left and right TouchPad buttons as you would use the corresponding buttons on an external mouse. You can also customize gestures and view demonstrations of how they work. From the Start screen, type control panel, select Control Panel, and then select Hardware and Sound. Under Devices and Printers, select Mouse. NOTE: Most of the gestures shown here can be used on either the TouchPad or touchscreen. TouchPad gestures are not supported in all apps. Tap Use the tap/double-tap gesture to select or open an item on the screen. Point to an item on the screen, and then tap one finger on the TouchPad zone select it. Double-

tap an item to open it. Two-finger scroll Use the two-finger scroll gesture to move up, down, or sideways on a page or image. Place two fingers slightly apart on the TouchPad zone and then drag them up, down, left, or right. Using the TouchPad and touch screen gestures 25 Two-finger pinch zoom Use the two-finger pinch zoom to zoom out or in on images or text. Zoom out by placing two fingers apart on the TouchPad zone and then moving your fingers together. Zoom in by placing two fingers together on the TouchPad zone and then moving your fingers apart. Two-finger click Use the two-finger click gesture to open the menu for an object on the screen. NOTE: The two-finger click performs the same function as right-clicking with the mouse. Place two fingers on the TouchPad zone and press down to open the options menu for the selected object. Right-edge swipe Use the right-edge swipe to reveal the charms, which let you search, share, start apps, access devices, or change settings. Gently swipe your finger inward from the right edge of the TouchPad to reveal the charms. 26 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen Left-edge swipe Use the left-edge swipe to reveal your open apps so that you can access them quickly. Gently swipe your finger inward from the left edge of the TouchPad to switch between apps. Without lifting your finger, swipe back toward the left edge to reveal all open apps. Top-edge swipe and bottom-edge swipe Use the top-edge swipe or bottom-edge swipe to display command options that allow you to customize an open app. IMPORTANT: When an app is open, the top-edge swipe varies depending on the app. Gently swipe your finger from the top edge or the bottom edge to reveal the app command options. One-finger slide (touch screen only) Use the one-finger slide to pan or scroll through lists and pages, or to move an object. To scroll across the screen, lightly slide one finger across the screen in the direction you want to move. To drag, press and hold an object, and then drag the object to move it. Using the TouchPad and touch screen gestures 27 Using a keyboard and optional mouse A keyboard and optional external mouse allow you to type, select items, scroll, and perform similar functions as you do touch gestures. For details, refer to Getting to know your computer on page 4. TIP: The Windows key on a tablet allow you to quickly return to the Start screen from an open app or the Windows desktop. Press the button or key again to return to the previous screen. on a keyboard or the Windows button 28 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen 6 Managing power Your computer can operate on either battery power or external power. When the computer is running on battery power only and an AC power source is not available to charge the battery, it is important to monitor and conserve the battery charge. Initiating and exiting Sleep and Hibernation Windows has two power-saving states, Sleep and Hibernation. SleepThe Sleep state is automatically initiated after a period of inactivity. Your work is saved to memory, allowing you to resume your work very quickly. You can also initiate Sleep manually. For more information, see Manually initiating and exiting Sleep on page 30. HibernationThe Hibernation state is automatically initiated if the battery reaches a critical level. In the Hibernation state, your work is saved to a hibernation file and the computer powers down. You can also initiate Hibernation manually. For more information, see Manually initiating and exiting Hibernation (select models only) on page 30. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of possible audio and video degradation, loss of audio or video playback functionality, or loss of information, do not initiate the Sleep state while reading from or writing to a disc or an external media card. NOTE: You cannot initiate any type of networking connection or perform any computer functions while the computer is in the Sleep state or in the Hibernation state. Initiating and exiting Sleep and Hibernation 29 Manually initiating and exiting Sleep You can initiate Sleep in any of the following ways:

Close the display. From the Start screen or the Windows desktop, point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the screen to reveal the charms. Click Settings, click the Power icon, and then click Sleep. You can exit Sleep in any of the following ways:

Briefly press the power button. If the computer is closed, raise the display. Press a key on the keyboard. Tap or swipe the TouchPad. When the computer exits Sleep, the power lights turn on and your work returns to the screen. NOTE:

password before your work returns to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on exiting Sleep, you must enter your Windows Manually initiating and exiting Hibernation (select models only) You can enable user-initiated Hibernation and change other power settings and timeouts using Power Options. 1. From the Start screen, type power options, and then select Power options. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then click Power Options. In the left pane, click Choose what the power button does. In the When I press the power button area, select Hibernate. 2. 3. Click Change Settings that are currently unavailable. 4. 5. Click Save changes. To exit Hibernation:

Briefly press the power button. When the computer exits Hibernation, the power lights turn on and your work returns to the screen. NOTE:

Windows password before your work returns to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on exiting Hibernation, you must enter your Setting password protection on wakeup (exiting Sleep or Hibernation) To set the computer to prompt for a password when the computer exits Sleep or Hibernation, follow these steps:

1. From the Start screen, type power options, and then select Power options. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then click Power Options. In the left pane, click Require a password on wakeup. 2. 30 Chapter 6 Managing power 3. Click Change Settings that are currently unavailable. 4. Click Require a password (recommended). NOTE:

If you need to create a user account password or change your current user account password, click Create or change your user account password, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If you do not need to create or change a user account password, go to step 5. 5. Click Save changes. Using the power meter and power settings The power meter is located on the Windows desktop. The power meter allows you to quickly access power settings and view the remaining battery charge. To view the percentage of remaining battery charge and the current power plan, place the mouse pointer over the power meter icon. To use Power Options, click the power meter icon and select an item from the list. From the Start screen, you can also type power options, and then select Power Options. Different power meter icons indicate whether the computer is running on battery or external power. Placing the mouse pointer over the icon reveals a message if the battery has reached a low or critical battery level. Running on battery power When a charged battery is in the computer and the computer is not plugged into external power, the computer runs on battery power. When the computer is off and unplugged from external power, the battery in the computer slowly discharges. The computer will display a message when the battery reaches a low or critical battery level. Computer battery life varies, depending on power management settings, programs running on the computer, screen brightness, external devices connected to the computer, and other factors. Factory-sealed battery (select products only) To monitor the status of the battery, or if the battery is no longer holding a charge, run Battery Check in the HP Support Assistant app. 1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Select Battery and performance. If Battery Check indicates that your battery should be replaced, contact support. 2. The battery(ies) in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by user themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Using the power meter and power settings 31 User-replaceable battery (select models only) WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the user-replaceable battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased from HP. CAUTION: Removing a user-replaceable battery that is the sole power source for the computer can cause loss of information. To prevent loss of information, save your work or shut down the computer through Windows before removing the battery. To remove the user-replaceable battery (select models only), refer to the steps and illustration that most closely match your computer:

1. 2. Turn the computer upside down on a flat surface. Slide the battery release latch (1) to release the battery. NOTE: The battery release latch automatically returns to its original position. 3. Remove the battery from the computer (2). or 1. 2. Turn the computer upside down on a flat surface. Slide the battery release latch (1) to release the battery. NOTE: The battery release latch automatically returns to its original position. 3. Pivot the battery upward (2), and then remove it from the computer (3). Finding battery information To access battery information:

1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Select Battery and Performance. 2. 32 Chapter 6 Managing power HP Support Assistant provides the following tools and information about the battery:

Battery Check Information about battery types, specifications, life cycles, and capacity Conserving battery power To conserve battery power and maximize battery life:

Lower the brightness of the display. Select the Power saver setting in Power Options. If the computer will be unused and unplugged from external power for more than 2 weeks, remove the user-replaceable battery from the computer and store it separately in a cool, dry place. Turn off wireless devices when you are not using them. Disconnect unused external devices that are not plugged into an external power source, such as an external hard drive connected to a USB port. Stop, disable, or remove any external media cards that you are not using. Before you leave your work, initiate Sleep or shut down the computer. Resolving a low battery level Resolving a low battery level when external power is available Connect one of the following to the computer and to external power:

AC adapter Optional docking or expansion device Optional power adapter purchased as an accessory from HP Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available Save your work and shut down the computer. Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation 1. Replace the discharged user-replaceable battery with a charged battery, or connect the AC adapter to the computer and to external power. Exit Hibernation by pressing the power button. 2. Storing a user-replaceable battery (select models only) CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to a battery, do not expose it to high temperatures for extended periods of time. If a computer will be unused and unplugged from external power for more than 2 weeks, remove the battery and store it separately in a cool, dry place to prolong the battery charge. A stored battery should be checked every 6 months. If the capacity is less than 50 percent, recharge the battery before returning it to storage. Running on battery power 33 Disposing of a user-replaceable battery (select models only) WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, or puncture; do not short external contacts; do not dispose of in fire or water. See the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices for proper battery disposal. To access this document:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Running on AC power For information about connecting to AC power, refer to the Setup Instructions poster provided in the computer box. The computer does not use battery power when the computer is connected to AC power with an approved AC adapter or an optional docking/expansion device. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or a compatible AC adapter purchased from HP. Connect the computer to AC power under any of the following conditions:

WARNING! Do not charge the computer battery while you are aboard aircraft. When charging or calibrating a battery When installing or modifying system software When writing information to a disc (select models only) When running Disk Defragmenter on computers with internal hard drives When performing a backup or recovery When you connect the computer to AC power:

The battery begins to charge. The screen brightness increases. The power meter icon on the Windows desktop changes appearance. When you disconnect AC power:

The computer switches to battery power. The screen brightness automatically decreases to save battery life. The power meter icon on the Windows desktop changes appearance. 34 Chapter 6 Managing power Troubleshooting power problems Test the AC adapter if the computer exhibits any of the following symptoms when it is connected to AC power:

The computer does not turn on. The display does not turn on. The power lights do not turn on. To test the AC adapter:

1. 2. Connect the AC adapter to the computer, and then plug it into an AC outlet. 3. Shut down the computer. Turn on the computer. If the power lights turn on, the AC adapter is working properly. If the power lights remain off, check the connection from the AC adapter to the computer and the connection from the AC adapter to the AC outlet to be sure that the connections are secure. If the connections are secure and the power lights remain off, the AC adapter is not functioning and should be replaced. Contact support for information about obtaining a replacement AC power adapter. Shutting down (turning off) the computer CAUTION: Unsaved information is lost when the computer shuts down. Be sure to save your work before shutting down the computer. The Shut down command closes all open programs, including the operating system, and then turns off the display and computer. Shut down the computer under any of the following conditions:

When you are connecting an external hardware device that does not connect to a USB or video port When the computer will be unused and disconnected from external power for an extended period Although you can turn off the computer with the power button, the recommended procedure is to use the Windows Shut down command. If the computer is in the Sleep state or in Hibernation, first exit Sleep or Hibernation by NOTE:

briefly pressing the power button. 1. 2. Save your work and close all open programs. From the Start screen or the Windows desktop, point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the screen to reveal the charms. 3. Click Settings, click the Power icon, and then click Shut down. or Shutting down (turning off) the computer 35 Right-click the Start button in the lower-left corner of the screen, select Shut down or sign out, and then select Shut down. If the computer is unresponsive and you are unable to use the preceding shutdown procedures, try the following emergency procedures in the sequence provided:

Press ctrl+alt+delete, click the Power icon, and then select Shut Down. Press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds. Disconnect the computer from external power. On models with a user-replaceable battery, remove the battery. 36 Chapter 6 Managing power 7 Maintaining your computer It is important to perform regular maintenance to keep your computer in optimal condition. This chapter explains how to use tools like Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. It also provides instructions for updating programs and drivers, steps to clean the computer, and tips for traveling with

(or shipping) the computer. Improving performance You can improve the performance of your computer by performing regular maintenance tasks with tools such as Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. Using Disk Defragmenter HP recommends using Disk Defragmenter to defragment your hard drive at least once a month. NOTE:

It is not necessary to run Disk Defragmenter on solid-state drives. To run Disk Defragmenter:

1. Connect the computer to AC power. 2. 3. For additional information, access the Disk Defragmenter software Help. From the Start screen, type defragment, and then select Defragment and optimize your drives. Follow the on-screen instructions. Using Disk Cleanup Use Disk Cleanup to search the hard drive for unnecessary files that you can safely delete to free up disk space and help the computer run more efficiently. To run Disk Cleanup:

1. From the Start screen, type disk, and then select one of the following:

Free up disk space on this PC Uninstall apps to free up disk space Free up disk space by deleting uncessary files Follow the on-screen instructions. 2. Updating programs and drivers HP recommends that you update your programs and drivers on a regular basis. Updates can resolve issues and bring new features and options to your computer. For example, older graphics components might not work well with the most recent gaming software. Without the latest driver, you would not be getting the most out of your equipment. Go to http://www.hp.com/support to download the latest versions of HP programs and drivers. In addition, register to receive automatic notifications when updates become available. Improving performance 37 If you would like to update your programs and drivers, follow these instructions:

1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app.

-or-

From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. 2. Click Updates and tune-ups, and then click Check for HP updates now. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Cleaning your computer Use the following products to safely clean your computer:

Dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride 0.3 percent maximum concentration (for example, disposable wipes, which come in a variety of brands) Alcohol-free glass-cleaning fluid Solution of water and mild soap Dry microfiber cleaning cloth or a chamois (static-free cloth without oil) Static-free cloth wipes CAUTION: Avoid strong cleaning solvents that can permanently damage your computer. If you are not sure that a cleaning product is safe for your computer, check the product contents to make sure that ingredients such as alcohol, acetone, ammonium chloride, methylene chloride, and hydrocarbons are not included in the product. Fibrous materials, such as paper towels, can scratch the computer. Over time, dirt particles and cleaning agents can get trapped in the scratches. Cleaning procedures Follow the procedures in this section to safely clean your computer. WARNING! To prevent electric shock or damage to components, do not attempt to clean your computer while it is on. Turn off the computer. 1. 2. Disconnect AC power. 3. Disconnect all powered external devices. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not spray cleaning agents or liquids directly on any computer surface. Liquids dripped on the surface can permanently damage internal components. Cleaning the display Gently wipe the display using a soft, lint-free cloth moistened with an alcohol-free glass cleaner. Be sure that a display is dry before you close the computer. 38 Chapter 7 Maintaining your computer Cleaning the sides or cover To clean the sides or cover, use a soft microfiber cloth or chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously, or use an acceptable disposable wipe. NOTE: When cleaning the cover of the computer, use a circular motion to aid in removing dirt and debris. Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse (select models only) WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not allow liquids to drip between the keys. To clean the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse, use a soft microfiber cloth or a chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously or use an acceptable disposable wipe. To prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles from the keyboard, use a can of compressed air with a straw extension. Traveling with or shipping your computer If you have to travel with or ship your computer, follow these tips to keep your equipment safe. Prepare the computer for traveling or shipping:

Back up your information to an external drive. Remove all discs and all external media cards, such as memory cards. Turn off and then disconnect all external devices. Shut down the computer. Take along a backup of your information. Keep the backup separate from the computer. When traveling by air, carry the computer as hand luggage; do not check it in with the rest of your luggage. CAUTION: Avoid exposing a drive to magnetic fields. Security devices with magnetic fields include airport walk-through devices and security wands. Airport conveyer belts and similar security devices that check carry-on baggage use X-rays instead of magnetism and do not damage drives. If you plan to use the computer during a flight, listen for the in-flight announcement that tells you when you are allowed to use your computer. In-flight computer use is at the discretion of the airline. If you are shipping the computer or a drive, use suitable protective packaging and label the package FRAGILE. The use of wireless devices may be restricted in some environments. Such restrictions may apply aboard aircraft, in hospitals, near explosives, and in hazardous locations. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of a wireless device in your computer, ask for authorization to use your computer before you turn it on. If you are traveling internationally, follow these suggestions:

Traveling with or shipping your computer 39 Check the computer-related customs regulations for each country or region on your itinerary. Check the power cord and adapter requirements for each location in which you plan to use the computer. Voltage, frequency, and plug configurations vary. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. 40 Chapter 7 Maintaining your computer 8 Securing your computer and information Computer security is essential for protecting the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of your information. Standard security solutions provided by the Windows operating system, HP applications, the non-Windows Setup Utility (BIOS), and other third-party software can help protect your computer from a variety of risks, such as viruses, worms, and other types of malicious code. IMPORTANT: Some security features listed in this chapter may not be available on your computer. Using passwords A password is a group of characters that you choose to secure your computer information and to protect online transactions. Several types of passwords can be set. For example, when you set up your computer for the first time, you were asked to create a user password to secure your computer. Additional passwords can be set in Windows or in the HP Setup Utility (BIOS) that is preinstalled on your computer. You may find it helpful to use the same password for a Setup Utility (BIOS) feature and for a Windows security feature. To create and save passwords, use the following tips:

To reduce the risk of being locked out of the computer, record each password and store it in a secure place away from the computer. Do not store passwords in a file on the computer. When creating passwords, follow requirements set by the program. Change your passwords at least every 3 months. An ideal password is long and has letters, punctuation, symbols, and numbers. Before you send your computer for service, back up your files, delete confidential files, and then remove all password settings. For additional information about Windows passwords, such as screen-saver passwords:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app.

-or-

From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Setting Windows passwords Password User password Administrator password Function Protects access to a Windows user account. Protects administrator-level access to computer contents. NOTE: This password cannot be used to access Setup Utility (BIOS) contents. Using passwords 41 Setting Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords Password Administrator password Power-on password Function Must be entered each time you access Setup Utility

(BIOS). If you forget your administrator password, you cannot access Setup Utility (BIOS). Must be entered each time you turn on or restart the computer. If you forget your power-on password, you cannot turn on or restart the computer. To set, change, or delete an administrator or power-on password in Setup Utility (BIOS):

If you have tablet with a detachable keyboard or keyboard dock, attach it before beginning NOTE:

these steps. 1. Start Setup Utility (BIOS):

Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f10. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Security, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Your changes take effect when the computer restarts. Using the fingerprint reader (select models only) Integrated fingerprint readers are available on select computer models. NOTE: For the location of the fingerprint reader on your computer, see Identifying components on page 5. To use the fingerprint reader, you must set up a user account and password on the computer and then register one or more fingerprints using HP SimplePass software. To register fingerprints with HP SimplePass:

1. Swipe a finger on the fingerprint sensor to launch HP SimplePass. or From the Start screen, type simple, and then select HP SimplePass. 2. When the HP SimplePass welcome screen is revealed, click Get Started. 3. HP SimplePass prompts you to swipe your right index finger over the sensor. 4. Swipe your finger 3 times to finish the registration. If registration is successful, a green circle appears on the corresponding finger in the illustration. 5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 to register an additional fingerprint. Using Internet security software When you use your computer to access email, a network, or the Internet, you potentially expose your computer to computer viruses, spyware, and other online threats. To help protect your computer, 42 Chapter 8 Securing your computer and information Internet security software that includes antivirus and firewall features may be preinstalled on your computer as a trial offer. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses and other security risks, security software must be kept up to date. It is strongly recommended that you upgrade the security software trial offer or purchase the software of your choice in order to fully protect your computer. Using antivirus software Computer viruses can disable programs, utilities, or the operating system, or cause them to function abnormally. Antivirus software can detect most viruses, destroy them, and in most cases, repair any damage they have caused. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses, antivirus software must be kept up to date. An antivirus program may be preinstalled on your computer. It is strongly recommended that you use the antivirus program of your choice in order to fully protect your computer. For more information about computer viruses, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app, or from the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Using firewall software Firewalls are designed to prevent unauthorized access to a system or network. A firewall can be software you install on your computer and/or network, or it can be a combination of both hardware and software. There are two types of firewalls to consider:

Host-based firewallsSoftware that protects only the computer it is installed on. Network-based firewallsInstalled between your DSL or cable modem and your home network to protect all the computers on the network. When a firewall is installed on a system, all data sent to and from the system is monitored and compared with a set of user-defined security criteria. Any data that does not meet those criteria is blocked. Installing software updates HP, Windows, and third-party software installed on your computer should be regularly updated to correct security problems and improve software performance. For more information, see Updating programs and drivers on page 37. Installing critical security updates CAUTION: Microsoft sends out alerts regarding critical updates. To protect the computer from security breaches and computer viruses, install all critical updates from Microsoft as soon as you receive an alert. You can install these updates manually or automatically. To view or change the settings:

1. From the Start screen, type control panel. or Installing software updates 43 2. From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select Control Panel. Select System and Security, select Windows Update, select Change settings, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Securing your wireless network When you set up a WLAN or access an existing WLAN, always enable security features to protect your network from unauthorized access. WLANs in public areas (hotspots) like coffee shops and airports may not provide any security. Backing up your software applications and information Regularly back up your software applications and information to protect them from being permanently lost or damaged through a virus attack or a software or hardware failure. For more information, see Backing up, restoring, and recovering on page 49. Using an optional security cable lock A security cable lock, purchased separately, is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. Security cable locks are only one of several methods that should be employed as part of a complete security solution to help maximize theft protection. The security cable slot on your computer may look slightly different from the illustration in this section. For the location of the security cable slot on your computer, see Getting to know your computer on page 4. 1. 2. 3. Loop the security cable lock around a secured object. Insert the key (1) into the security cable lock (2). Insert the security cable lock into the security cable slot on the computer (3), and then lock the security cable lock with the key. 4. Remove the key and keep it in a safe place. 44 Chapter 8 Securing your computer and information 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) Setup Utility, or Basic Input/Output System (BIOS), controls communication between all the input and output devices on the system (such as disk drives, display, keyboard, mouse, and printer). Setup Utility (BIOS) includes settings for the types of devices installed, the startup sequence of the computer, and the amount of system and extended memory. Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) CAUTION: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility (BIOS). Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. NOTE:

these steps. Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f10. If you have tablet with a detachable keyboard or keyboard dock, attach it before beginning Updating the BIOS Updated versions of the BIOS may be available on the HP website. Most BIOS updates on the HP website are packaged in compressed files called SoftPaqs. Some download packages contain a file named Readme.txt, which contains information regarding installing and troubleshooting the file. Determining the BIOS version Start Setup Utility (BIOS) (see Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) on page 45). To determine whether available BIOS updates contain later BIOS versions than the one currently installed on the computer, you need to know the version of the system BIOS that is installed. BIOS version information (also known as ROM date and System BIOS) can be revealed by pressing fn+esc (if you are already in Windows) or by using Setup Utility (BIOS). 1. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Main, and then make note of your BIOS version. To exit Setup Utility (BIOS):

1. Use the arrow keys to select Exit, select Exit Discarding Changes, and then press enter. 2. Select Yes. Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) 45 Downloading a BIOS update CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the computer or an unsuccessful installation, download and install a BIOS update only when the computer is connected to reliable external power using the AC adapter. Do not download or install a BIOS update while the computer is running on battery power, docked in an optional docking device, or connected to an optional power source. During the download and installation, follow these instructions:

Do not disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. Do not shut down the computer or initiate Sleep. Do not insert, remove, connect, or disconnect any device, cable, or cord. If your computer is connected to a network, consult the network administrator before NOTE:

installing any software updates, especially system BIOS updates. 1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. 2. Click Updates and tune-ups, and then click Check for HP updates now. 3. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. At the download area, follow these steps:

a. Identify the most recent BIOS update and compare it to the BIOS version currently installed on your computer. If the update is more recent than your BIOS, make a note of the date, name, or other identifier. You may need this information to locate the update later, after it has been downloaded to your hard drive. Follow the on-screen instructions to download your selection to the hard drive. If the update is more recent than your BIOS, make a note of the path to the location on your hard drive where the BIOS update is downloaded. You will need to access this path when you are ready to install the update. b. BIOS installation procedures vary. Follow any instructions that appear on the screen after the download is complete. If no instructions appear, follow these steps:

1. From the Start screen, type file, and then select File Explorer. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select File Explorer. 2. Click your hard drive designation. The hard drive designation is typically Local Disk (C:). 3. Using the hard drive path you recorded earlier, open the folder on your hard drive that contains the update. 4. Double-click the file that has an .exe extension (for example, filename.exe). The BIOS installation begins. 5. Complete the installation by following the on-screen instructions. NOTE: After a message on the screen reports a successful installation, you can delete the downloaded file from your hard drive. 46 Chapter 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics

(UEFI) HP PC Hardware Diagnostics is a Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) that allows you to run diagnostic tests to determine whether the computer hardware is functioning properly. The tool runs outside the operating system so that it can isolate hardware failures from issues that are caused by the operating system or other software components. To start HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI):

1. Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f2. The BIOS searches 3 places for the diagnostic tools, in the following order:

a. Connected USB drive NOTE: To download the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) tool to a USB drive, see Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device on page 47. b. Hard drive c. BIOS 2. When the diagnostic tool opens, use the keyboard arrow keys to select the type of diagnostic test you want to run, and then follow the on-screen instructions. NOTE:

If you need to stop a diagnostic test, press esc. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device Instructions for downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) are provided in English NOTE:

only. There are two options to download HP PC Hardware Diagnostics to a USB device:

Option 1: HP PC Diagnostics homepage Provides access to the latest UEFI version 1. Go to http://hp.com/go/techcenter/pcdiags. 2. Click the UEFI Download link, and then select Run. Option 2: Support and Drivers pagesProvide downloads for a specific product for earlier and later versions 1. Go to http://www.hp.com. 2. 3. Point to Support, located at the top of the page, and then click Download Drivers. In the text box, enter the product name, and then click Go. or Click Find Now to let HP automatically detect your product. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device 47 4. 5. Select your computer model, and then select your operating system. In the Diagnostic section, click HP UEFI Support Environment. or Click Download, and then select Run. 48 Chapter 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering This chapter provides information about the following processes. The information in the chapter is standard procedure for most models. Creating recovery media and backups Restoring and recovering your system For additional information, refer to the HP Support Assistant. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app.

- or -

From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Creating recovery media and backups (select models only) Use HP Recovery Manager after you successfully set up the computer, to create HP Recovery media. This step creates a backup of the HP Recovery partition on the computer. The backup can be used to reinstall the original operating system in cases where the hard drive is corrupted or has been replaced. For information on creating recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) on page 49. For information on the recovery options that are available using the recovery media, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) on page 51 Use Windows tools to create system restore points and create backups of personal information. Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) HP Recovery Manager is a software program that allows you to create recovery media after you successfully set up the computer. HP Recovery media can be used to perform system recovery if the hard drive becomes corrupted. System recovery reinstalls the original operating system and the software programs installed at the factory and then configures the settings for the programs. HP Recovery media can also be used to customize the system or restore the factory image if you replace the hard drive. Only one set of HP Recovery media can be created. Handle these recovery tools carefully, and keep them in a safe place. HP Recovery Manager examines the computer and determines the required storage capacity for the blank USB flash drive or the number of blank DVD discs that will be required. To create recovery discs, your computer must have an optical drive with DVD writer capability, and you must use only high-quality blank DVD-R, DVD+R, DVD-R DL, or DVD+R DL discs. Do not use rewritable discs such as CDRW, DVDRW, double-layer DVDRW, or BD-RE

(rewritable Blu-ray) discs; they are not compatible with HP Recovery Manager software. Or, instead, you can use a high-quality blank USB flash drive. If your computer does not include an integrated optical drive with DVD writer capability, but you would like to create DVD recovery media, you can use an external optical drive (purchased separately) to create recovery discs, or you can obtain recovery discs for your computer from Creating recovery media and backups (select models only) 49 support. See the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included with the computer. You can also find contact information from the HP website. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and follow the on-screen instructions. If you use an external optical drive, it must be connected directly to a USB port on the computer; the drive cannot be connected to a USB port on an external device, such as a USB hub. Be sure that the computer is connected to AC power before you begin creating the recovery media. The creation process can take an hour or more. Do not interrupt the creation process. If necessary, you can exit the program before you have finished creating all of the recovery DVDs. HP Recovery Manager will finish burning the current DVD. The next time you start HP Recovery Manager, you will be prompted to continue, and the remaining discs will be burned. From the Start screen, type recovery, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Recovery Media Creation, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To create HP Recovery media:

1. 2. If you ever need to recover the system, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) on page 51. Using Windows tools You can create system restore points and create backups of personal information using Windows tools. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. For more information and steps, see Help and Support. Restore and recover (select models only) There are several options for recovering your system. Choose the method that best matches your situation and level of expertise:

Windows offers several options for restoring from backup, refreshing the computer, and resetting the computer to its original state. For more information and steps, see Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. On select models, if you need to correct a problem with a preinstalled application or driver, use the Drivers and Applications Reinstall option of HP Recovery Manager to reinstall the individual application or driver. From the Start screen, type recovery, select HP Recovery Manager, select Drivers and Applications Reinstall, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 50 Chapter 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering On select models, if you want to reset your computer using a minimized image, you can choose the HP Minimized Image Recovery option from the HP Recovery partition or HP Recovery media. Minimized Image Recovery installs only drivers and hardware-enabling applications. Other applications included in the image continue to be available for installation through the Drivers and Applications Reinstall option in HP Recovery Manager. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) on page 51. On select models, if you want to recover the computer's original factory partitioning and content, you can choose the System Recovery option from the HP Recovery partition or use the HP Recovery media that you have created. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) on page 51. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) on page 49. On select models, if you have replaced the hard drive, you can use the Factory Reset option of HP Recovery media to restore the factory image to the replacement drive. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) on page 51. Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) HP Recovery Manager software allows you to recover the computer to its original factory state by using the HP Recovery media that you created or by using the HP Recovery partition (select models only). If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) on page 49. Using HP Recovery media, you can choose from one of the following recovery options:

System RecoveryReinstalls the original operating system, and then configures the settings for the programs that were installed at the factory. Minimized Image Recovery (select models only)Reinstalls the operating system and all hardware-related drivers and software, but not other software applications. Factory Reset (select models only)Restores the computer to its original factory state by deleting all information from the hard drive and re-creating the partitions. Then it reinstalls the operating system and the software that was installed at the factory. The HP Recovery partition (select models only) allows System Recovery and Minimized Image Recovery. What you need to know HP Recovery Manager recovers only software that was installed at the factory. For software not provided with the computer, you must either download the software from the manufacturer's website or reinstall the software from the media provided by the manufacturer. IMPORTANT: Recovery through HP Recovery Manager should be used as a final attempt to correct computer issues. HP Recovery media (select models only) must be used if the computer hard drive fails. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) on page 49. To use the Factory Reset option, you must use HP Recovery media (select models only). If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) on page 49. If the HP Recovery media (select models only) does not work, you can obtain recovery media for your system from support. See the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included with the Restore and recover (select models only) 51 computer. You can also find contact information from the HP website. Go to http://www.hp.com/

support, select your country or region, and follow the on-screen instructions. IMPORTANT: HP Recovery Manager does not automatically provide backups of your personal data. Before beginning recovery, back up any personal data you want to retain. Using the HP Recovery partition (select models only) The HP Recovery partition (select models only) allows you to perform a system recovery or minimized image recovery without the need for recovery discs or a recovery USB flash drive. This type of recovery can be used only if the hard drive is still working. To start HP Recovery Manager from the HP Recovery partition:

1. From the Start screen, type recovery, select Recovery Manager, and then select HP Recovery Environment. Select Troubleshoot from the boot options menu. Select Recovery Manager, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 2. 3. Using HP Recovery media to recover You can use HP Recovery media to recover the original system. This method can be used if your system does not have an HP Recovery partition or if the hard drive is not working properly. 1. 2. If possible, back up all personal files. Insert the HP Recovery media that you created, and then restart the computer. If the computer does not automatically restart in HP Recovery Manager, change the NOTE:

computer boot order. See Changing the computer boot order on page 52. Follow the on-screen instructions. 3. Changing the computer boot order If the computer does not restart in HP Recovery Manager, you can change the computer boot order, which is the order of devices where the computer searches for startup information. You can specify that an optical drive or a USB flash drive should be checked first. To change the boot order:

1. 2. Restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f9 for boot options. 3. 4. Select the optical drive or USB flash drive you want to boot from. Follow the on-screen instructions. Insert the HP Recovery media you created. 52 Chapter 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering 12 Specifications Input power The power information in this section may be helpful if you plan to travel internationally with the computer. The computer operates on DC power, which can be supplied by an AC or a DC power source. The AC power source must be rated at 100240 V, 5060 Hz. Although the computer can be powered from a standalone DC power source, it should be powered only with an AC adapter or a DC power source that is supplied and approved by HP for use with this computer. The computer can operate on DC power within the following specifications. Operating voltage and current varies by platform.The voltage and current for your computer is located on the regulatory label. Input power Rating Operating voltage and current 5 V dc @ 2 A / 12 V dc @ 3 A /15 V dc @ 3 A 45 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 12 V dc @ 3.75 A /15 V dc @ 3 A 45W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 10 V dc @ 3.75 A / 12 V dc @ 3.75 A / 15 V dc @ 3 A /

20 V dc @ 2.25 A 45 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 12 V dc @ 5 A / 15 V dc @ 4.33 A / 20 V dc @ 3.25 A 65 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3A / 10 V dc @ 5 A / 12 V dc @ 5 A / 15 V dc @ 4.33 A / 20 V dc @ 3.25 A 65 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 10 V dc @ 5 A / 12 V dc @ 5 A / 15 V dc @ 5 A / 20 V dc @ 4.5 A 90 W USB-C 19.5 V dc @ 2.31 A 45 W 19.5 V dc @ 3.33 A 65 W 19.5 V dc @ 4.62 A 90 W 19.5 V dc @ 6.15 A 120 W 19.5 V dc @ 6.9 A 135 W 19.5 V dc @ 7.70 A 150 W 19.5 V dc @ 10.3 A 200 W 19.5 V dc @ 11.8 A 230 W NOTE: This product is designed for IT power systems in Norway with phase-to-phase voltage not exceeding 240 V rms. NOTE: The computer operating voltage and current can be found on the system regulatory label. Input power 53 Operating environment Factor Temperature Operating Nonoperating Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Metric U.S. 5C to 35C

-20C to 60C 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

41F to 95F

-4F to 140F 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

Operating Nonoperating

-15 m to 3,048 m

-15 m to 12,192 m

-50 ft to 10,000 ft

-50 ft to 40,000 ft 54 Chapter 12 Specifications 13 Electrostatic Discharge Electrostatic discharge is the release of static electricity when two objects come into contactfor example, the shock you receive when you walk across the carpet and touch a metal door knob. A discharge of static electricity from fingers or other electrostatic conductors may damage electronic components. To prevent damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of information, observe these precautions:

If removal or installation instructions direct you to unplug the computer, first be sure that it is properly grounded. Keep components in their electrostatic-safe containers until you are ready to install them. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Handle electronic components as little as possible. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before handling components, discharge static electricity by touching an unpainted metal surface. If you remove a component, place it in an electrostatic-safe container. 55 Index A AC adapter light, identifying 5 AC adapter, testing 35 accessory battery connector, identifying 5 action keys 11 identifying 5 airplane mode key 5, 12 antivirus software, using 43 audio-in (microphone), identifying 5 audio-out (headphone), identifying 5 audio-out (headphone)/audio-in

(microphone) jack, identifying 6 B backing up software and information 44 backups 49 battery conserving power 33 discharging 33 disposing 34 factory-sealed 31 finding information 32 resolving low battery level 33 storing 33 user-replaceable 32 battery bay, identifying 6 battery information, finding 32 battery lock, identifying 6 battery power 31 battery release latch, identifying 6 battery temperature 33 bay, battery 6 Beats Audio 20 Beats Audio Control Panel 20 Beats Audio hot key 20 best practices 1 BIOS determining version 45 downloading an update 46 56 Index starting the Setup Utility 45 updating 45 Bluetooth compartment, identifying 6 Bluetooth device 14, 16 Bluetooth label 13 boot order changing 52 bottom 13 buttons left TouchPad 7 power 7 right TouchPad 8 C caps lock light, identifying 6 caring for your computer 38 cleaning your computer 38 components 5 computer, traveling 33 connecting to a WLAN 15 connector, power 8 control zone left 7 right 8 corporate WLAN connection 15 critical security updates, installing 43 D deleted files, restoring 50 Disk Cleanup software 37 Disk Defragmenter software 37 DisplayPort connecting 23 identifying 6 docking connector, identifying 6 E electrostatic discharge 55 esc key, identifying 6 external AC power, using 34 external monitor port 21 external monitor port, identifying 6 F fingerprint reader identifying 6 using 42 fingerprints, registering 42 firewall software 43 fn key, identifying 6 G getting to know your computer 4 H hard drive light, identifying 7 HDMI port connecting 21 identifying 7 HDMI, configuring audio 22 headphones, connecting 19 headsets, connecting 20 Hibernation exiting 30 initiating 30 high-definition devices, connecting 21, 23, 24 HP Apps Store, visiting 1 HP PC Hardware Diagnostics

(UEFI) downloading 47 HP Recovery Manager correcting boot problems 52 starting 52 HP Recovery media creating 49 recovery 52 HP Recovery partition recovery 52 HP resources 2 HP Triple Bass Reflex Subwoofer, identifying 7 I initiating Sleep and Hibernation 29 input power 53 installing critical security updates 43 optional security cable lock 44 integrated numeric keypad, identifying 7 internal display switch, identifying 7 internal microphones, identifying 7 Internet security software, using 42 J jacks audio-in (microphone) 5 audio-out (headphone) 5 audio-out (headphone)/audio-in

(microphone) 6 network 8 RJ-45 (network) 8 K keyboard and mouse, using 28 keys action 5 airplane mode 5, 12 esc 6 fn 6 num lock 7 Windows 10 Windows applications 10 L labels Bluetooth 13 Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity 13 regulatory 13 serial number 12 service 12 wireless certification 13 WLAN 13 latches battery release 6 service door release 9 left control zone, identifying 7 left-edge swipe TouchPad and touch screen gesture 27 lights AC adapter 5 caps lock 6 hard drive 7 mute 7 power 8 RJ-45 (network) status 8 TouchPad 9 webcam 10 wireless 10 locating information hardware 4 software 4 M maintenance Disk Cleanup 37 Disk Defragmenter 37 updating programs and drivers 37 memory card reader, identifying 7 memory card, identifying 7 microphone, connecting 20 minimized image recovery 52 minimized image, creating 51 Miracast 24 mouse, external setting preferences 25 mute light, identifying 7 N network jack, identifying 8 num lock key, identifying 7 O one-finger slide touch screen gesture 27 operating environment 54 optical drive, identifying 7 original system recovery 51 P passwords ports Setup Utility (BIOS) 42 Windows 41 DisplayPort 6 external monitor 6, 21 HDMI 7, 21, 23 Miracast 24 USB 2.0 9 USB 2.0 charging (powered) 9 USB 3.0 9 USB 3.0 (powered) charging 9 VGA 21 power AC 34 battery 31 power button identifying 7 power connector, identifying 8 power lights, identifying 8 power meter, using 31 power settings, using 31 product name and number, computer 12 public WLAN connection 15 R recover options 50 recovery discs 49, 52 HP Recovery Manager 51 media 52 starting 52 supported discs 49 system 51 USB flash drive 52 using HP Recovery media 50 recovery media creating 49 creating using HP Recovery Manager 50 regulatory information regulatory label 13 wireless certification labels 13 right control zone, identifying 8 right-edge swipe TouchPad and touch screen gesture 26 RJ-45 (network) jack, identifying 8 RJ-45 (network) status lights, identifying 8 S security cable lock, installing 44 security cable slot, identifying 8 serial number 12 serial number, computer 12 service door release latch 9 Index 57 service door, identifying 8 service labels, locating 12 setting password protection on wakeup 30 Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords 42 sharing media 17 shipping the computer 39 shutdown 35 SIM slot, identifying 9 Sleep exiting 30 initiating 30 Sleep and Hibernation initiating 29 slots memory card reader 7 security cable 8 SIM 9 software Disk Cleanup 37 Disk Defragmenter 37 software updates, installing 43 speakers connecting 19 identifying 9 Starting right 1 storing a battery 33 supported discs, recovery 49 system recovery 51 system restore point creating 50 system restore point, creating 49 T tap TouchPad and touch screen gesture 25 temperature 33 testing an AC adapter 35 top-edge swipe and bottom-edge swipe TouchPad and touch screen gesture 27 touch screen gesture, one-finger slide 27 TouchPad using 25 TouchPad and touch screen gestures left-edge swipe 27 right-edge swipe 26 58 Index Windows tools using 50 Wireless Assistant software 14 wireless button 14 wireless certification label 13 wireless controls button 14 operating system 14 Wireless Assistant software 14 wireless light 10, 14 wireless network (WLAN) connecting 15 corporate WLAN connection 15 functional range 16 public WLAN connection 15 wireless network, securing 44 WLAN antennas, identifying 10 WLAN device 13 WLAN label 13 WWAN antennas, identifying 10 WWAN device 16 tap 25 top-edge swipe and bottom-

edge swipe 27 two-finger click 26 two-finger pinch/zoom 26 two-finger scroll 25 TouchPad light, identifying 9 TouchPad zone, identifying 9 TouchPad, buttons 7, 8 traveling with the computer 13, 33, 39 turning off the computer 35 two-finger click TouchPad and touch screen gesture 26 two-finger pinch/zoom TouchPad and touch screen gesture 26 two-finger scroll TouchPad and touch screen gesture 25 U unresponsive system 35 updating programs and drivers 37 USB 2.0 charging (powered) port, identifying 9 USB 2.0 port, identifying 9 USB 3.0 charging (powered) port, identifying 9 USB 3.0 port, identifying 9 using a keyboard and mouse 28 using external AC power 34 using passwords 41 using the TouchPad 25 V vents, identifying 9 VGA port, connecting 21 video 20 W webcam identifying 10 using 19 webcam light, identifying 10 Windows system restore point 49, 50 Windows applications key, identifying 10 Windows key, identifying 10 Windows passwords 41

Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices User Guide Copyright 20152017 HP Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by HP Inc. under license. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U.S. marks. Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Seventh Edition: March 2017 First Edition: August 2015 Document Part Number: 836854-007 About This Guide This guide provides regulatory, safety and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations. To access the latest user guides or manuals for your product, go to http://www.support.hp.com. Select Find your product, and then follow the on-screen instructions. WARNING! Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life. CAUTION: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or loss of information. NOTE: Text set off in this manner provides important supplemental information. iii iv About This Guide Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers .................................................................................... 1 Accessing regulatory labels ................................................................................................................................... 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ....................................................................................................... 1 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................................. 2 Brazil notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 Canada notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 3 European Union regulatory notices ....................................................................................................................... 3 Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................................... 3 Products Sold Before 13 June 2017 ................................................................................. 3 Products Sold After 12 June 2017 .................................................................................... 4 Products with radio functionality (EMF) ........................................................................... 4 Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) ....................... 4 Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products only) ................... 4 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ................................................. 5 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................. 5 Germany (English text) ................................................................................... 5 Germany (Deutscher text) .............................................................................. 5 Australia and New Zealand notice ......................................................................................................................... 5 China WWAN notice ................................................................................................................................................ 6 Japan notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 6 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings ................................................ 6 Mexico notice ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 Singapore wireless notice ...................................................................................................................................... 7 South Korea notices ............................................................................................................................................... 7 Thailand WWAN wireless notice ............................................................................................................................ 7 Taiwan NCC notices ................................................................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ............................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices .............................................. 8 Airline travel notice ................................................................................................................................................ 8 User-replaceable battery notices .......................................................................................................................... 8 Factory-sealed battery notices ............................................................................................................................. 8 Laser compliance ................................................................................................................................................... 8 Modem notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 9 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................... 9 v U.S. modem statements ...................................................................................................................... 9 U.S. modem declarations .................................................................................................................. 10 Canada modem statements .............................................................................................................. 12 Japan modem statements ................................................................................................................ 12 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 12 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 13 Power cord notice ................................................................................................................................................ 13 Japan power cord notice ................................................................................................................... 13 DC plug of external HP power supply ................................................................................................ 13 Macrovision Corporation notice ........................................................................................................................... 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations ........................................................ 14 Modem notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 14 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................. 14 U.S. modem statements .................................................................................................................... 14 Canadian modem statements ........................................................................................................... 15 Japanese modem statements ........................................................................................................... 15 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 16 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 16 Electromagnetic compatibility notices ................................................................................................................ 16 Federal Communications Commission notice ................................................................................... 17 Modifications ................................................................................................................... 17 Cables .............................................................................................................................. 17 Products with wireless LAN devices ............................................................................... 17 Australia telecom statement ............................................................................................................ 18 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 19 Canadian notice ................................................................................................................................. 19 European Union regulatory notices .................................................................................................. 19 Declaration of Conformity .............................................................................................. 19 Products Sold Before 13 June 2017 ............................................................. 19 Products Sold After 12 June 2017 ................................................................ 20 Products with radio functionality (EMF) ...................................................... 20 Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) .............................................................................................................. 20 Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products only) .............................................................................................................. 20 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ............................ 21 Ergonomics notice ........................................................................................ 21 Japan notice ....................................................................................................................................... 21 Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings ....................................................... 21 Mexico notice ..................................................................................................................................... 22 vi South Korea notices .......................................................................................................................... 22 Taiwan NCC notices ............................................................................................................................ 22 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ........................................................................................ 22 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ......................... 23 3 Safety notices for notebook and tablet computers ......................................................................................... 24 Heat-related safety warning notice .................................................................................................................... 24 Potential safety conditions notice ....................................................................................................................... 24 Battery notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 24 Headset and earphone volume level notice ........................................................................................................ 25 Power cord notices .............................................................................................................................................. 25 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 25 Cleaning the keyboard ......................................................................................................................................... 25 Travel notice ........................................................................................................................................................ 25 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 26 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 26 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 26 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ...................................................... 26

......................................................................................................................................... 26 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations ............................................................... 27 Important safety information ............................................................................................................................. 27 Installation conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 28 Battery notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 28 Fan notices ........................................................................................................................................................... 29 Headset and earphone volume level notice ........................................................................................................ 29 Laser safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 29 Power supply and power cord set requirements ................................................................................................ 29 Power supply class I grounding requirements .................................................................................. 29 Brazil notice .................................................................................................................... 30 Denmark .......................................................................................................................... 30 Finland ............................................................................................................................. 30 Norway ............................................................................................................................ 30 Sweden ............................................................................................................................ 30 Power supply requirements .............................................................................................................. 30 For use in Norway ........................................................................................................... 30 Power cord set requirements ............................................................................................................ 30 Japan power cord requirements ....................................................................................................... 31 Pinch hazard ........................................................................................................................................................ 31 TV antenna connectors protection ...................................................................................................................... 31 External television antenna grounding ............................................................................................ 31 vii Lightning protection .......................................................................................................................... 31 Note to CATV system installer ........................................................................................................... 32 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 33 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 33 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 33 Germany acoustics notice .................................................................................................................................... 34

......................................................................................................................................... 34 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers ............................................................................. 35 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ....................................................................................... 35 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 35 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 35 Brazil hardware recycling information ................................................................................................................ 35 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ............................................................................................... 36 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 37 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 37 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 37 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 40 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content ................................................... 40

........................................................................................... 41

(RoHS) ................................................................................................................. 42

....................................................................................................... 42 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 44 Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................................. 44 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 44 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 44 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law ................................................................................................................... 44 Turkey EEE regulation .......................................................................................................................................... 45 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ......................................................................................... 45 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ........................................................................................... 45 TCO Certified ........................................................................................................................................................ 45 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations .................................................. 47 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ....................................................................................... 47 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 47 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 47 Brazil hardware recycling information ................................................................................................................ 47 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ............................................................................................... 48 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 49 Mercury statement .............................................................................................................................................. 49 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................................. 49 viii China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 49 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 50 China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) ................................................................................................... 53 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content ................................................... 53

........................................................................................... 54

(RoHS) ................................................................................................................. 56

....................................................................................................... 56 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 58 Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................................. 58 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 58 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 58 Mehiki zakon o uporabi trajnostne energije ...................................................................................................... 58 Turkey EEE regulation .......................................................................................................................................... 59 Omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi (RoHS) za Ukrajino ................................................................... 59 TCO Certified ........................................................................................................................................................ 59 Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 61 ix x 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Accessing regulatory labels Regulatory labels, which provide country or regional regulatory information (for example, FCC ID), may be physically located on the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay (select models only), under the removable service door (select models only), on the back of the display, or on the wireless or modem module. Some products may also provide electronic regulatory labels (e-labels) that can be accessed through the system BIOS. NOTE: Electronic labels are not available on all products. NOTE: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not contain a FCC ID. To view electronic regulatory labels:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced, select Electronic Labels, and then press enter. To view an electronic label, use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the listed items, and then press OK. NOTE: The list of available electronic label items varies depending on the computer model and installed devices. To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes:

Select the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency Accessing regulatory labels 1 energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding this product, write to:

HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 or call HP at 650-857-1501. To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Ao operar o dispositivo a uma distncia muito prxima do seu corpo, utilize um acessrio de armazenamento no metlico para posicionar o dispositivo a uma distncia mnima de 1,5 cm do corpo. Canada notices This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation: The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products Sold Before 13 June 2017 Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU; EMC Directive 2014/30/EU; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Brazil notice 3 Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: http://www.hp.eu/certificates

(Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany. Products Sold After 12 June 2017 Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

RED 2014/53/EU; Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU; EMC Directive 2014/30/EU; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: http://www.hp.eu/certificates

(Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany. Products with radio functionality (EMF) This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For notebook computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions. Products can be operated without maintaining a separation distance unless otherwise indicated in instructions specific to the product. Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) CAUTION: IEEE 802.11x wireless LAN with 5.155.35 GHz frequency band is restricted for indoor use only in all European Union member states, EFTA (Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein), and most other European countries (e.g., Switzerland, Turkey, Republic of Serbia). Using this WLAN application outdoors might lead to interference issues with existing radio services. CAUTION: Fixed outdoor installations for WiGig application (5766 GHz frequency band) are excluded in all European Union member states, EFTA (Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein), and other European countries (e.g. Switzerland, Turkey, Republic of Serbia). Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products only) Radio Technology Bluetooth; 2, 4 GHz NFC; 13, 56 MHz WLAN Wi-FI 802.11x; 2, 4 GHz WLAN Wi-FI 802.11x; 5 GHz WWAN 4G LTE; 700/800/900/1800/2100/2600 MHz WWAN 3G UTMS; 900/2100 MHz Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) 10 10 100 200 1259 1259 4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers Radio Technology Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 900 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 1800 MHz WiGig 802.11ad; 60 GHz 3467 3162 10000 NOTE: Use only HP-supported software drivers and correct country settings to ensure compliance. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the applicable Directive and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/

regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) When a mobile computer is used at the office workstation for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit

(VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (voluntary GS certification) Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the applicable ergonomic requirements. Without external keyboards, they are suitable only for short-time use of VDU tasks. During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sun light) reflections may occur, which result in reduced readability. Germany (Deutscher text) Wird ein mobiler Computer fr Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben verwendet, wo die Richtlinie 90/270/EEG

(Bildschirmarbeitsrichtlinie) anzuwenden ist, wird eine geeignete externe Tastatur notwendig. Abhngig von der Anwendung und der Aufgabe kann ein geeigneter externer Monitor erforderlich sein, um vergleichbare Arbeitsbedingungen zu einem stationren Arbeitsplatz zu erreichen. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (freiwillige GS Zertifizierung) Mobile Computer, welche das "GS" Zeichen tragen, entsprechen den ergonomischen Anforderungen und sind nur fr kurzzeitige Benutzung von Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben geeignet. Bei mobiler Nutzung mit ungnstigen Lichtverhltnissen (z.B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen und damit zu Einschrnkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen. Australia and New Zealand notice This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. Australia and New Zealand notice 5 China WWAN notice Japan notice V-2 VCCI32-1 5GHz Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. Some products may use electronic regulatory labels (e-labels). To view the certification mark and numbers on an e-label, please refer to the previous Accessing regulatory labels section. e e Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. The regulatory model number for this product is on the regulatory label. 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. The regulatory model number for this product is on the regulatory label. Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are onboard aircraft. The use of these devices onboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. South Korea notices Thailand WWAN wireless notice This telecom equipment has complied with NTC regulations. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Singapore wireless notice 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment onboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com/

recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. Factory-sealed battery notices The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Laser compliance WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC/EN 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007. Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Modem notices 9 Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. U.S. modem declarations Refer to the following modem vendor declarations for the modem device installed in your computer:

10 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers Modem notices 11 Canada modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japan modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the V.92 56K Data/Fax Modem is below:

New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. b. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). d. 12 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/

18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.0 m (3.2 ft) and 2 m (6.56 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. Japan power cord notice DC plug of external HP power supply Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Power cord notice 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (Ethernet network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. 14 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. Canadian modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japanese modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft modem is below:

Modem notices 15 New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. b. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). d. Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Electromagnetic compatibility notices This guide provides country- and region-specific nonwireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous 16 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding this product, write to:

HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 or call HP at 650-857-1501. To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP Inc. may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods in order to maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations. Products with wireless LAN devices This product may be equipped with a wireless LAN device. This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 17 WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. Australia telecom statement The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of AS/CA S008. WARNING! Modems without integral RJ11 connector that are shipped with this computer should not be installed in any other device. This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. 18 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. CAUTION: A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230Vv. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115Vv, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Canadian notice This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, this device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antenna for this device is not replaceable. Any attempt at user modification may damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products Sold Before 13 June 2017 Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU; EMC Directive 2014/30/EU; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: http://www.hp.eu/certificates

(Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 19 Products Sold After 12 June 2017 Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

RED 2014/53/EU; Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU; EMC Directive 2014/30/EU; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: http://www.hp.eu/certificates

(Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany. Products with radio functionality (EMF) This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions. Products can be operated without maintaining a separation distance unless otherwise indicated in instructions specific to the product. Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) CAUTION: IEEE 802.11x wireless LAN with 5.155.35 GHz frequency band is restricted for indoor use only in all European Union member states, EFTA (Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein), and most other European countries (e.g., Switzerland, Turkey, Republic of Serbia). Using this WLAN application outdoors might lead to interference issues with existing radio services. CAUTION: Fixed outdoor installations for WiGig application (5766 GHz frequency band) are excluded in all European Union member states, EFTA (Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein), and other European countries (e.g. Switzerland, Turkey, Republic of Serbia). Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products only) Radio Technology Bluetooth; 2, 4 GHz NFC; 13, 56 MHz WLAN Wi-FI 802.11x; 2, 4 GHz WLAN Wi-FI 802.11x; 5 GHz WWAN 4G LTE; 700/800/900/1800/2100/2600 MHz WWAN 3G UTMS; 900/2100 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 900 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 1800 MHz WiGig 802.11ad; 60 GHz Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) 10 10 100 200 1259 1259 3467 3162 10000 NOTE: Use only HP-supported software drivers and correct country settings to ensure compliance. 20 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the applicable Directive and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/

regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. This equipment has been designed to work with analogue DTMF Networks. This equipment may have internetworking difficulties in PSTN networks that only support Pulse Dialing. Please consult with your network operator for further assistance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) A computer system comprising HP brand products meets the applicable ergonomic requirements if all affected constituent products bear the "GS" approval mark, for example Business Desktop PC, keyboard, PC-

mouse and monitor. Germany (Deutscher text) Ein aus HP Produkten bestehendes Computersystem erfllt die anwendbaren ergonomischen Anforderungen, wenn alle verwendeten Komponenten das GS Zeichen tragen, wie z. B. Business Desktop PC, Tastatur, PC-

Maus und Bildschirm. Japan notice V-2 VCCI32-1 5GHz Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings If this device contains radio equipment, it is certified radio equipment. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 21 Some products may use electronic regulatory labels (e-labels). To view the certification mark and numbers on an e-label, please refer to the previous Accessing regulatory labels section. e e Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. South Korea notices Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices 22 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Electromagnetic compatibility notices 23 3 Safety notices for notebook and tablet computers WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. Heat-related safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC/EN 60950). Potential safety conditions notice If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer:

crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. Battery notices WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, or puncture; do not short external contacts; do not dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Keep new and used batteries away from children. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. WARNING! Do not ingest battery, a Chemical Burn Hazard. WARNING! This product contains a coin/button cell battery. If the coin/button cell battery is swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns in just 2 hours and can lead to death. WARNING!

from children. If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away 24 Chapter 3 Safety notices for notebook and tablet computers If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek WARNING!

immediate medical attention. WARNING!

explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. WARNING! A battery subjected to extremely low air pressure may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Leaving a battery in an extremely high temperature surrounding environment can result in an Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Adjustment of the volume control as well as the equalizer to other settings than the center position may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. The use of factors influencing the ear-/headphones output other than those specified by the manufacturer (e.g. operating system, equalizer software, firmware, driver) may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. Power cord notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Cleaning the keyboard WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. Clean the keyboard regularly to prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles that can become trapped beneath the keys. A can of compressed air with a straw extension can be used to blow air around and under the keys to loosen and remove debris. Travel notice WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. Headset and earphone volume level notice 25 China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m Icon Description China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. Icon Description Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system.

:

(1) 30 10

(2) 2 2 1 26 Chapter 3 Safety notices for notebook and tablet computers 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Important safety information WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. The computer may be heavy; be sure to use ergonomically correct lifting procedures when moving it. Install the computer near an AC outlet. The AC power cord is your computers main AC disconnecting device and must be easily accessible at all times. For your safety, the power cord provided with your computer has a grounded plug. Always use the power cord with a properly grounded wall outlet, to avoid the risk of electrical shock. To reduce the possibility of an electric shock from the telephone network, plug your computer into the AC outlet before connecting it to the telephone line. Also, disconnect the telephone line before unplugging your computer from the AC power outlet. Always disconnect the modem cord from the telephone system before installing or removing your computer cover. Do not operate the computer with the cover removed. For your safety, always unplug the computer from its power source and from any telecommunications systems (such as telephone lines), networks, or modems before performing any service procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Hazardous voltage levels are inside the power supply and modem of this product. As a safety precaution, if the system power load exceeds the specific configurations capacities, the system may temporarily disable some USB ports. CAUTION:

the voltage select switch has been pre-set to the correct voltage setting for use in the particular country/

region where it was initially sold. Changing the voltage select switch to the incorrect position can damage your computer and void any implied warranty. If your computer is provided with a voltage select switch for use in a 115 or 230 V power system, This product has not been evaluated for connection to an IT power system (an AC distribution system with no direct connection to earth, according to IEC/EN 60950). Important safety information 27 Installation conditions See installation instructions before connecting this equipment to the input supply. WARNING! The equipment must be provided with a proper AC protective earth (PE) ground connection. Energized and moving parts may be inside the computer. Disconnect power to the equipment before removing the enclosure. Replace and secure the enclosure before re-energizing the equipment. Battery notices WARNING! The product may contain an internal lithium manganese dioxide, vanadium pentoxide, or alkaline battery or battery pack. There is risk of fire and burns if the battery pack is not handled properly. WARNING! Do not attempt to recharge the battery. WARNING! Do not expose to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F). WARNING! Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, or dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! Replace only with the HP spare designated for this product. WARNING! Do not ingest battery, a Chemical Burn Hazard. WARNING! This product contains a coin/button cell battery. If the coin/button cell battery is swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns in just 2 hours and can lead to death. WARNING! Keep new and used batteries away from children. WARNING!

from children. WARNING!

immediate medical attention. WARNING!

explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. WARNING! A battery subjected to extremely low air pressure may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Leaving a battery in an extremely high temperature surrounding environment can result in an If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek Icon Description Batteries, battery packs, and accumulators should not be disposed of together with the general household waste. In order to forward them to recycling or proper disposal, please use the public collection system or return them to HP, an authorized HP partner, or their agents. Icon Description The Taiwan EPA requires dry battery manufacturing or importing firms, in accordance with Article 15 of the Waste Disposal Act, to indicate the recovery marks on the batteries used in sales, giveaways, or promotions. Contact a qualified Taiwanese recycler for proper battery disposal. 28 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Fan notices WARNING!

WARNING! Keep body parts away from moving parts. WARNING! Keep body parts away from fan blades. WARNING! Keep body parts out of the motion path. Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Adjustment of the volume control as well as the equalizer to other settings than the center position may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. The use of factors influencing the ear-/headphones output other than those specified by the manufacturer (e.g. operating system, equalizer software, firmware, driver) may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. Laser safety For products equipped with optical drives or fiber optic transceivers. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (i.e., CD or DVD drive) and/or fiber optic transceiver. These contain lasers and are classified as Class 1 Laser Products in accordance with the standard IEC/EN 60825-1 and comply with its requirements. Each laser product complies with US FDA Regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser products installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein. Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit. Power supply and power cord set requirements Power supply class I grounding requirements For protection from fault currents, the equipment shall be connected to a grounding terminal. Plug the system power cord into an AC outlet that provides a ground connection. Substitute cords may not provide adequate fault protection. Only use the power cord supplied with this product or an HP Inc. authorized replacement. Fan notices 29 Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Denmark Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Finland Norway Sweden Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. Power supply requirements The power supplies on some products have external power switches. The voltage select switch feature on the product permits it to operate from any line voltage between 100-127 or 200-240 volts AC. Power supplies on those products that do not have external power switches are equipped with internal circuits that sense the incoming voltage and automatically switch to the proper voltage. For safety reasons, use only the AC adapter provided with the unit or an authorized replacement adapter from HP Inc. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. For use in Norway This product is also designed for an IT power system with phase-to-phase voltage 230V. Power cord set requirements The power cord set received with the product meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment was originally purchased. Use only the power cord provided with the unit or an authorized replacement power cord from HP Inc. or an approved HP Inc. source. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the product. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. WARNING! Do not use power cords from other products. Mismatched power cords may result in a shock and fire hazard. The requirements listed below are applicable to all countries:

1. 2. The power cord must be approved by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for evaluation in the country where the power cord set will be installed. The length of the power cord must be between 1.8 m (6 feet) and 3.6 m (12 feet). For a power cord 2.0 m

(6.56 feet) or less, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm2 or 18AWG. If the power cord is longer than 2.0 m (6.56 feet), the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 1.0 mm2 or 16AWG. 30 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations The power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. WARNING! Do not operate this product with a damaged power cord set. If the power cord set is damaged in any manner, replace it immediately. Damaged cords may result in user exposure to hazards. Japan power cord requirements For use in Japan, use only the power cord received with this product. CAUTION: Do not use the power cord received with this product on any other products. Pinch hazard WARNING! Observe pinch hazard areas. Keep fingers away from closing parts. TV antenna connectors protection External television antenna grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is electrically grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper electrical grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna-

discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. Lightning protection For added protection of any product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug the product from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product from lightning and power line surges. Pinch hazard 31 Table 4-1 Antenna Grounding Reference Grounding Component 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Electric Service Equipment Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC Art 250, Part III) Ground Clamps Grounding Conductors (NEC Section 810.21) Antenna Discharge Unit (NEC Section 810.20) Ground Clamp Antenna Lead-in Wire Note to CATV system installer This reminder is provided to call the CATV systems installers attention to section 820.93 of the National Electric Code, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and in particular, specify that the Coaxial cable shield shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. 32 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m Icon Description China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. Icon Description China safety notices 33 Germany acoustics notice Sound pressure level (LpA) is far below 70dB(A) (operator position, normal operation, according to ISO 7779) Product noise emission data can be found in the product related IT ECO Declarations at Internet address:

http://www.hp.com/go/ted Schalldruckpegel (LpA) ist weit unterhalb 70 dB(A) (Benutzerposition, normaler Betrieb, nach ISO 7779) Die Schallemissionswerte der Produkte knnen in den produktbezogenen IT ECO Declarations auf folgender Internet Adresse gefunden werden: http://www.hp.com/go/ted

:

(1) 30 10

(2) 2 2 1 34 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Brazil hardware recycling information Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling 35 Icon Description No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, HP Inc. has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers:

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Notebooks, Mobile Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when the power/sleep button is pressed. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. Tablets/Slates Less than or equal to 1 minute Not applicable Not applicable For computers that support an always-on, always-connected use profile where internet access is available

(such as tablets and slates), alternative low power modes - such as Short or Long Idle modes (as defined in the ENERGY STAR Computer Program Requirements) are provided that consume very little power (</= 10 Watts) and when applicable, maximize product battery life. These alternative low power modes are dynamic, with the display sleep mode activated within 1 minute of user inactivity. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. 36 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. China environmental notices China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers, this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A Category B Category C Category D TEC (kilowatt hour) Grade 1 98.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa Grade 2 148.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 234.0+Efa Grade 3 198.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 284.0+Efa Chemical substances 37 Product Type Portable Computer TEC (kilowatt hour) Category A Category B Category C 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. 3. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to

"The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers". Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Product Type Category A Category B Category C Category D Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. 38 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers China PC energy label 39 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by Chinas Management Methods for Restricted Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Products Part Name Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power pack Power supply Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external TV tuner Hazardous Substances Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 40 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers Hazardous Substances Part Name USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.

/

I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 41

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

/Java USB USB X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS

(RoHS) Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Unit Lead (Pb) Mercury (Hg) Cadmium (Cd) Hexavalent chromium (Cr+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Battery

-

O O O O O 42 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Cables

/

Chassis/Other

/

I/O PCAs

/

Keyboard /

Mouse

(LCD) Liquid crystal display (LCD) panel CD/DVD/

Media

(CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Optional docking device Power pack Power supply Speakers, external Storage Devices Wireless Devices

-

-

-

-

-

O

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 1 0.1 % 0.01 %

Note 1: "Exceeding 0.1 wt %" and "exceeding 0.01 wt %" indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the reference percentage value of presence condition. 2 O Note 2: "O" indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of presence. 3 Note 3: The " " indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption.

(RoHS) 43 http://www.hp.com/support To access the latest user guides or manuals for your product, go to http://www.support.hp.com. Select Find your product, and then follow the on-screen instructions. India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product, as well as its related consumables and spares, complies with the reduction in hazardous substances provisions of the "India E-waste Rule 2016." It does not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except where allowed pursuant to the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 To locate product power consumption data, including when the product is in networked standby with all wired network ports connected and wireless devices connected, refer to section P14 Additional information of the product IT ECO Declaration at http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/

itecodesktop-pc.html. Where applicable, activate and deactivate a wireless network using the instructions included in the product user guide or the operating system. Information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support. IT ECO declarations For notebook PCs, go to http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/

iteconotebook-o.html. Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration (components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). 44 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers Turkey EEE regulation Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. This products real-time clock battery or coin cell battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. TCO Certified This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified logo. Turkey EEE regulation 45 46 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users Icon Description This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Brazil hardware recycling information Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling 47 Icon Description No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, HP Inc. has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers:

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Desktops, Integrated Desktops, Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Thin clients Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes when sleep mode is supported by the operating system (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. When sleep mode is supported by operating system product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. 48 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Mercury statement This statement applies to All-in-One computers with built-in display panels that do not use LED backlighting. This HP product may contain the following material that might require special handling at end-of-life:

Mercury in the fluorescent lamp in the display LCD Disposal of mercury can be regulated because of environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)

(http://www.eiae.org). Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply The computers real-time clock battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. China environmental notices Chemical substances 49 China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers, this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C TEC (kilowatt hour) Grade 1 98.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa Grade 2 148.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa Grade 3 198.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. 3. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers". Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. System memory of not less than 2 GB The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. 50 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Product Type Category D Configuration Description 2. A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. China PC energy label 51 52 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by Chinas Management Methods for Restricted Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Products Part Name Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Fan Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones Heat sink I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Projector Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Hazardous Substances Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) 53 Part Name Solid-state drives Speakers, external Stylus Touch mat TV tuner USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards 3D Capture Stage/

Turntable Hazardous Substances Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.

/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd) X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O

(Cr(VI)) O O O O O O

(PBB)

(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O 54 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

/Java USB USB 3D /

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) 55

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(RoHS) Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent chromium (Cr

+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Unit Battery Cables Camera

/ Chassis/Other

/

I/O PCAs

/ Keyboard /

Mouse

(LCD) Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel CD/DVD/

Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Optional docking device Power supply Projector Remote control Speakers, external Storage Devices Stylus 56 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) O O O O O O Hexavalent chromium (Cr

+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) O O O O O O Unit Touch mat 3D / 3D Capture Stage/Turntable Wireless Devices Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) O O O 1 0.1 % 0.01 %

Note 1: "Exceeding 0.1 wt %" and "exceeding 0.01 wt %" indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the reference percentage value of presence condition. 2 O Note 2: "O" indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of presence. 3 Note 3: The " " indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption. http://www.hp.com/support To access the latest user guides or manuals for your product, go to http://www.support.hp.com. Select Find your product, and then follow the on-screen instructions.

(RoHS) 57 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product, as well as its related consumables and spares, complies with the reduction in hazardous substances provisions of the "India E-waste Rule 2016." It does not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except where allowed pursuant to the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 To locate product power consumption data, including when the product is in networked standby with all wired network ports connected and wireless devices connected, refer to section P14 Additional information of the product IT ECO Declaration at http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/

itecodesktop-pc.html. Where applicable, activate and deactivate a wireless network using the instructions included in the product user guide or the operating system. Information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support. IT ECO declarations Desktop PCs and Thin Clients http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?

jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Workstations http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mehiki zakon o uporabi trajnostne energije Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de 58 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin (componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). NOTE: Esta ley no es aplicable a los workstations. This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration (components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). NOTE: Workstations are not labeled because the law is not applicable to the workstation product category. Turkey EEE regulation Omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi (RoHS) za Ukrajino The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. TCO Certified This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified logo. Turkey EEE regulation 59 60 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Index Symbols/Numerics 42, 56 42, 56 A airline travel notice 8 altitude notice 26, 33 B battery 24, 28 battery notice 8, 45, 47 battery recycling 35, 47 Brazil notice 3, 19, 25, 30 C cable grounding notice 26 Canada modem statement 12, 15 Canada notices 3, 19 China environmental notices 37, 49 China PC energy label 37, 50 China restriction of hazardous substances notice 40, 53 D disposal notices battery 45, 47 battery, user replacement 8 equipment 35, 47 factory sealed battery 8 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 35, 47 ENERGY STAR certification 36, 48 environmental notices 35, 47 equipment disposal notice 35, 47 ergonomics notice 5, 21 European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 44, 58 European Union notices 3, 19 F fan notice 29 Federal Communications Commission desktops, thin clients, and workstations notice 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations cables 17 desktops, thin clients, modem statements Canada 12, 15 Japan 12 New Zealand 12, 16 U.S. 9, 10, 14 modifications, desktops, thin clients, workstations modifications 17 workstations notebook computers cables 2 notebook computers modifications 2 notebook computers notice 2 G GS Notice 5, 21 H headset and earphone volume level notice 25, 29 I India restriction of hazardous substances notice 44, 58 J Japan modem statement 12 Japan notice 6, 21 Japan power cord notice 13, 31 Japan restriction of hazardous substances notice 44, 58 K keyboard notice 25 L labels, regulatory 1 laser safety notice 9, 29 M Macrovision Corporation notice 13 maximum power levels 4, 20 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law 44 Mexico wireless notice 6, 22 modem notices 9, 14 Federal Communications Commission 17 modifications, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 N New Zealand modem statement 12, 16 notices airline travel 8 battery 8, 24, 28, 45, 47 Brazil 3, 19, 25, 30 Canada 3, 19 China restriction of hazardous substances 40, 53 environmental 35, 47 equipment disposal 35, 47 ergonomics 5, 21 European Union 3, 19 fan 29 headset and earphone volume level 25, 29 India restriction of hazardous substances 44, 58 Japan 6, 21 Japan power cord 13, 31 Japan restriction of hazardous substances 44, 58 keyboard 25 laser safety 9, 29 Macrovision Corporation 13 Mexico 6, 22 modem 9, 14 perchlorate material 45, 49 power cords 13, 25 Singapore 7 South Korea 7, 22 Index 61 Taiwan 7, 22 Thailand WWAN wireless notice volume level notice, headset and earphone 25, 29 W wireless LAN devices 2, 18, 19 7 travel 25 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances 45 notices, desktops, thin clients, and workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 notices, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 O obvestila omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi za Ukrajino 59 obvestilo o omejevanju uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi za Ukrajino 59 P power cord notice 13, 25 R radio frequency bands 4, 20 recycling, electronic hardware and battery 35, 47 S Singapore wireless notice 7 South Korea notice 7, 22 T Taiwan notice 7, 22 TCO Certified Edge Certification 45, 59 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel notice 25 tropical warning notice 26, 33 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 26 U U.S. modem statement 9, 10, 14 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances notice 45 V voice support 13, 16 62 Index

1. LabelinformationModelHSNI20C Imagesoftheelabelscreenareprovidedbelow:

Contains FCC ID: B948265D2WM Contains IC: 466Q-8265D2WM shownbelow:

2. Theinformationthatwillbedisplayedontheelabelandinformationthatwillremainintheusermanualis Information FCC ID/IC number DoC logo Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.) Class A / B Digital Device user manual statements1 on E-label Yes Yes No In Manual No No Yes No Yes 3. Usersareabletoaccesstheinformationinnomorethanfourstepsinadevicesmenu. TheactualStepsare:ChooseF10>Advanced>ElectronicLabels Nospecialaccesscodesorpermissionsarerequiredtogothroughtheabovestepsbeyondentering auserdefinedpasswordtoprotectagainstunauthorizedaccesstothedevice. 4.Theinformationisstoredonthedevice,nospecialaccessoriesorsupplementalplugins

(e.g.,aSIM/USIMcard)arerequiredtoaccesstheinformation. No. 5.Usersareprovidedspecificinstructionsonhowtoaccesstheinformation. Theaboveinformationmustbeprogrammedbytheresponsiblepartyandtheinformationmustbe securedinsuchamannerthatthirdpartiescannotmodifyit. Theelabelinformationispreprogrammedbythegrantee.Theusercannotmodifytheelabelformation. Yes. 6.

Label and Location for TPN-Q199 Laptop Bottom Contains Intel Radio Model: 8265D2W. Contains FCC ID: B948265D2WM IC: 466Q-8265D2WM 9.0mm 89.5mm~

6.13mm.

Date: Aug. 10, 2018 Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia MD 21046 C.C.: SGS Taiwan Limited Subject: Requesting Class II permissive change for FCC ID: B948265D2WM To Whom It May Concern:

The purpose of this letter is to request a Class II Permissive change for FCC ID: B948265D2WM, Original grant date: 09/05/2017, Applicant: HP Inc. The major change filed under this application is 1. The subject approved module is being used in different host (Portable category Configuration, Host Brand/Model: HP / HSN-I20C). 2. SAR Testing is performed to demonstrate RF Compliance. 3. The difference compared with the original design is adding 2 antennas to this EUT, Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. PIFA Antenna, Supplier: INPAQ, P/N: 6036B0216001 (WA-P-LB-02-496) (Main) P/N: 6036B0215901 (WA-P-LB-02-495) (Aux) 5470~5725 Main / Aux 0.17 / 0.2 5250~5350 2402~2480 Main / Aux Main / Aux

-1.38 / -1.13 -0.75 / -1.47 -0.65 / -2.25 5150~5250 Main / Aux Frequency (MHz) 5725~5850 Main / Aux 0.39 / 0.58

-2.41 / -2.37 -0.63 / -2.18

-0.54/ -1.93 0.75 / -1.96 2.12 / 1.62 Peak Ant. Gain (dBi) NB mode Peak Ant. Gain (dBi) Tablet mode 4. Software security remains unchanged form original application Best Regards Jim Chang / Technical Manager / SGS Taiwan Ltd.

Authorization on Behalf of HP Inc. For the US Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology and Other FCC Programs and Offices 1. I, Richard P Tarsio, am on the Worldwide Technical Regulations staff of HP Inc. (HP) and Applicant/Grantee Contact of Record for HP Inc. together with its subsidiaries and affiliates worldwide (collectively, HP) for HPs dealings with the United States Federal Communications Commission (FCC). I am duly authorized by HP Inc. to make this Authorization on HP Inc.s behalf. 2. This Authorization will designate the person named below to act on my behalf and HP Inc.s behalf as authorized agent and representative, until further notice, with the additional power to designate one or more third party agents for HP Inc. with regard to particular matters and applications. All acts carried out and requests made by this named representative relating to any matter before the FCC, including requests for confidentiality, shall have the same effect as mine. Name:

Title:

Address:

Peter Tevlin Product Submittal Compliance HP Inc. Post A48313 11445 Compaq Center Dr Houston, TX 77070 512-319-7260 Peter.Tevlin@hp.com Telephone:

E-mail:

3. Questions about the scope and effect of this Authorization should be addressed as follows:

4. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct, and that this Authorization was executed at Fort Collins, Colorado on the date indicated below my signature. Richard P Tarsio US Canada Technical Regulations 3390 East Harmony Road, MS 66 Fort Collins, CO 80528 970 898 8713 Telephone richard.tarsio@hp.com ____________________________ Signature Richard P Tarsio US Canada Technical Regulations HP Inc. Date: 22 June 2016

Date: 2018.07.26 TO:

Federal Communication Commission Equipment Authorization Branch 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MID 21046 Regarding: B948265D2WM To whom it may concern:

We, the undersigned, hereby authorize << SGS Taiwan Ltd.>> to act on our behalf in all manners relating to application for equipment authorization with respect to the FCC ID above, including signing of all documents relating to these matters. Any and all acts carried out by the agent on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. a. Name, address and contact information of third party:

SGS Taiwan Ltd. Jim Chang Telephone: +886 2 2299 3279 Ext 1194 E-mail: jim.chang@sgs.com No. 134, Wu Kung Rd., New Taipei Industrial Park, Wu Ku District,New Taipei City, 24803 Taiwan b. Term of designation, unless earlier terminated by HP: 1 year. We, the undersigned, hereby certify that we are not subject to a denial of federal benefits, that includes FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C. 862(a). Where our agent signs the application for certification on our behalf, I acknowledge that all responsibility for complying with the terms and conditions for Certification, as specified by Telefication B.V., Dept. FCC TCB, still resides with << HP Inc. >>. This authorization is valid until further written notice from the applicant. Name (Printed): Peter S. Tevlin Signature:

Title: Worldwide Technical Regulations, Product Submittal Compliance On behalf of Company: HP Inc. Telephone: 512 319 7260

FCC, Request for non-disclosure RF_501, Issue 6 Date: 16-Jul-10 Page 1 of 1 Company Name: HP Inc. Address:

USA 80528 City:

Country:

Fort Collins USA 3390 East Harmony Road, Fort Collins Colorado , Edisonstraat 12A 6902 PK ZEVENAAR The Netherlands To: Telefication B.V., Dept. FCC TCB Subject: Request for confidentiality FCC ID: B948265D2WM Reference number: ######

Dear FCC TCB, 1. Long-Term Confidentiality Pursuant to 47 CFR Section 0.459(a) & (b), we hereby requests non-disclosure and confidential treatment of the following materials submitted in support of FCC certification application:

Bill(s) of Material Block Diagrams Operational Description Schematic Diagrams Tune-up Procedure Above materials contain secrets, proprietary and technical information, which would customarily be guarded from competitors under 47 CFR, section 0.457(d)(2). Disclosure or publication or any portion of this company confidential material to other parties could cause substantial competitive harm and provide unjustified benefits for competitors. 2. Short-Term Confidentiality (STC) Pursuant to Public Notice DA 04-1705 of the Commissions policy, in order to comply with the marketing regulations in 47 CFR 2.803 and the importation rules in 47 CFR 2.1204, applicant hereby requests Short-Term Confidential treatment of the following materials (note 1):

Internal Photos Users Manual Test Set-up Photos External Photos Justification: Ensuring that business sensitive information remains confidential until the actual marketing of newly authorized devices. Planned Release Date STC: 180 days (notes 2, 3, 4, 5) Name and signature of applicant: Jim Chang /

Date: Aug. 10, 2018 Notes:

1) A document or type of document can only have ONE type of confidentiality!

2) Short-Term confidentiality is in principle for 45 days from date of grant; it can be extended max 3 times (total time 180 days max.)!

3) FCC must be informed when marketing begins earlier. 4) Release takes place automatically thus extension must be requested in time. Telefication does not remind you of this!

5) Request for extension or for release must be received by Telefication at least 7 days before date of actual marketing or before expiration of the STC period

HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304, United States Tel: 650-258-7586 Designation of Third Party Representative By Authorized Agent of HP Inc. 1. I am an authorized agent and representative of HP Inc. together with its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, HP), designated as such by Richard P Tarsio as HP Inc.s Applicant/Grantee Contact of Record for the FCC, pursuant to his Authorization as attached hereto. My name, address and contact information appear below. Any questions about the scope of this Designation of Third Party Representative should be directed to me. 2. Pursuant to this authority, I designate the third party identified below as HP Inc.s agent for the matters and applications specified below, for the term specified below, unless earlier terminated by HP. a. Name, address and contact information of third party:

SGS Taiwan Ltd. Willis Chen Telephone: +886 2 2299 3279 Ext 1169 E-mail: willis.chen@sgs.com No. 134, Wu Kung Rd., New Taipei Industrial Park, Wu Ku District, New Taipei City, 24803 Taiwan FCC ID where available): B948265D2WM b. Matters and applications covered (product and/or model identification, c. Term of designation, unless earlier terminated by HP: 1 year. 3. All invoices for FCCs services should be sent as specified in paragraph 2a, above. Licenses and test reports generated for HP Inc. should be sent as specified in paragraph 2a but copied to the undersigned. No access should be granted to any HP Inc. file or project information except as necessary in connection with the matters and applications specified in paragraph 2b. All acts carried out and requests made by the third party representative relating to any matter before the FCC, including requests for confidentiality, shall have the same effect as HP Inc.s own. Signature Name: Peter Tevlin Date: 08/29/2017 Title: Worldwide Technical Regulations Product Submittal Compliance Telephone: 512-319-7260 E-mail: Peter.Tevlin@hp.com HP Inc. Post: A48313 11445 Compaq Center Dr. Houston, TX 77070

Authorization on Behalf of HP Inc. For the US Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology and Other FCC Programs and Offices 1. I, Richard P Tarsio, am on the Worldwide Technical Regulations staff of HP Inc. (HP) and Applicant/Grantee Contact of Record for HP Inc. together with its subsidiaries and affiliates worldwide (collectively, HP) for HPs dealings with the United States Federal Communications Commission (FCC). I am duly authorized by HP Inc. to make this Authorization on HP Inc.s behalf. 2. This Authorization will designate the person named below to act on my behalf and HP Inc.s behalf as authorized agent and representative, until further notice, with the additional power to designate one or more third party agents for HP Inc. with regard to particular matters and applications. All acts carried out and requests made by this named representative relating to any matter before the FCC, including requests for confidentiality, shall have the same effect as mine. Name:

Title:

Address:

Rong-Chiao Liang Regulatory Program Manager HP Inc. 10F, No. 66 Jingmao 2nd Rd NanGang District Taipei, Taiwan 11568 866 2 37892469 frances.liang@hp.com Telephone:

E-mail:

3. Questions about the scope and effect of this Authorization should be addressed as follows:

4. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct, and that this Authorization was executed at Fort Collins, Colorado on the date indicated below my signature. Richard P Tarsio US Canada Technical Regulations 3390 East Harmony Road, MS 66 Fort Collins, CO 80528 970 898 8713 Telephone richard.tarsio@hp.com ____________________________ Signature Richard P Tarsio US Canada Technical Regulations HP Inc. Date: 24 June 2016

HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303-1112 USA www.hp.com Confidentiality Request regarding application for FCC ID B948265D2WM SGS North America Inc. 620 Old Peachtree Road SUITE 100 Suwanee, Georgia United States To:

From: HP Inc. 3390 East Harmony Road, Fort Collins Colorado , USA 80528 Regarding:

LONG TERM CONFIDENTIALITY Pursuant to 47 CFR Section 0.459 and 0.457 of the commissions rules, the applicant hereby request confidential treatment of the documents listed below, associated with the certification application referenced above. Antenna Report Operation description The documents above contain proprietary information not released to the public. Public disclosure of this information may prove harmful to the business of the applicant. SHORT TERM CONFIDENTIALITY Additionally, the applicant requests the following documents be held confidential until the device is marketed or 180 days from the grant date, whichever is less. If the device is marketed within 180 days of the Grant Date, the applicant will notify the TCB per FCC KDB 726920 D01 Confidentiality Request Procedures. User manual(s) Test Setup photos External Photos Internal Photos Sincerely, Liang Rong Chiao (Signature) Worldwide Technical Regulations Product Submittal Compliance HP Inc.

HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303-1112 USA www.hp.com Date: Sep. 8, 2017 Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia MD 21046 C.C.: SGS Taiwan Limited Subject:

To Whom It May Concern:

The purpose of this letter is to request a Class II Permissive change for FCC ID:

B948265D2WM, Original grant date: 09/05/2017, Applicant: HP Inc. Requesting Class II permissive change for FCC ID: B948265D2WM The major change filed under this application is 1. The subject approved module is being used in different host (Portable category Configuration, Host Brand/Model: HP/TPN-Q199). 2. SAR Testing is performed to demonstrate RF Compliance. 3. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. PIFA Antenna (Main) 2.45GHz: 2.46dBi, 5GHz: 1.93dBi PIFA Antenna (Aux) 2.45GHz: 2.44dBi, 5GHz: 0.79dBi 4. Software security remains unchanged from original application Best Regards

(Signature) Liang Rong Chiao / Worldwide Technical Regulations Product Submittal Compliance HP Inc.

HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304, United States Tel: 650-258-7586 Federal Communications Commission, Date: 08/29/2017 Authorization & Evaluation Division, 7435 Oakland Mills Road, Columbia, MD. 21046 Attention: Equipment Authorization Branch CHANGE IN IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT We, HP Inc., request to apply for a new FCC ID as established in 47CFR 2.933(b) for a currently approved device. This application will establish a new FCC ID:

B948265D2WM Per 2.933(b) 1. The original identification is FCC ID: PD98265D2 2. The original grant date is 06/28/2016 3. The equipment is electrically identical. There is no change in design, circuitry or construction. 4. The original test results are applicable and representative of this changed device. 5. Exterior photographs are included in this application. External photos with label location and type label sample drawing are electronically submitted as attachments. Sincerely, By: Peter S. Tevlin Title: Worldwide Technical Regulations, Product Submittal Compliance On behalf of: HP Inc. Telephone: 512 319 7260 Email: peter.tevlin@hp.com

Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, Maryland 21046 USA Re: Change of Identification Authorization, FCC ID: PD98265D2 Date: July 25, 2017 To Whom It May Concern:

This letter grants authorization for representatives of HP Inc. to apply to the FCC for a change in identification as specified under 47CFR2.933 of the FCC rules. This authorization applies to the Intel Corporation, Intel Wireless 8265, 802.11a/b/g/n/ac+ BT SD form factor, model: 8265D2W, FCC ID: PD98265D2, approved on 06/28/2016. We are aware that HP Inc. intends to market the above referenced product under their FCC ID:

B948265D2WM, part number 8265D2W. Sincerely, Date: July 25, 2017 Steven C. Hackett Product Regulations Engineer Wireless Platforms R&D TEL: 803-216-2344 CELL: 803-315-6704 steven.c.hackett@intel.com Intel Mobile Communications 100 Center Point Circle, Suite 200 Columbia, South Carolina 29210 USA